'"•*•- v*^
UJ
CiLIFBNI*
p
LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CUIFORHU
CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
LIB
3&&\sJ*/y
iWjCV^/
\^ :^Z"'
WE'RSITY OF CALIFORNIA UBBAR'i tRSITY
<n
3li ~ r
I si
xSA(V8
DIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERS
/ft' - ~
HANDBOOK OF
STANDARD DETAILS
HANDBOOK OF
STANDARD DETAILS
FOR ENGINEERS, DRAFTSMEN
AND STUDENTS
•
BY
CHARLES H. HUGHES
AUTHOR OF "HANDBOOK OF SHIP CALCULATIONS,
CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION"
ILLUSTRATED
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY
NEW YORK LONDON
1921
Engineering
Library
COPYRIGHT, 1921, BY
AND COMPANY
PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OP AMERICA
PREFACE
This book was compiled especially for engineers and
draftsmen, so they might have, in convenient form, draw-
ings, tables, and formulae of standard details for use in
designing.
The data have been obtained from a variety of sources.
Many of the tables have been furnished by the leading
machine-tool manufacturers in the United States and rep-
resent their current practice.
Besides being of use to engineers and draftsmen, students,
purchasing agents, and others interested in mechanical
engineering will find the book of value.
CHAS. H. HUGHES
NEW YORK.
447713
CONTENTS
\
SECTION I
DRAWINGS
PAGE
Notes on drawings 1
Limit standards 3
U. S. Patent Office drawings 9
Shrinkage of castings 12
Geometrical constructions 12
SECTION II
t
FASTENINGS
Bolts ......... 25
Nuts „ 36
Screws 42
Threads for bolts, nuts, screws and pipe 58
Tap drills . 77
Nails :..:.. '. . 77
Spikes 81
Keys .... ^ 83
Gibs and keys . . . . . 88
T slots ....,.;. 89
Cotters . ... .-. . • .j • 90
SECTION III
POWER TRANSMISSION
Shafting 91
Quill drives 92
Couplings .' 94
Clutches „ 99
Collars 105
Bearings 106
vii
viii CONTENTS
PA.GE
Pulleys 110
Mule stands 117
Belting 119
Belt drives 124
Rope sheaves and pulleys 127
Chains for transmitting power 132
Sprockets •' .-. 139
Gearing . . ,. ".••'•• . 141
Spur ...;•. 142
Miter and bevel . . . > 150
Worm. . . . . '. . 156
Helical . .... • • • • • . 160
Herringbone ...•;-. 161
SECTION IV
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
Trade customs 162
Standard wrought iron pipe 163
Extra strong wrought iron pipe 164
Double extra strong wrought iron pipe .... v ... 165
Couplings 166
Nipples . . 167
Boiler tubes 167
Steel tubes. . . . . .'»••• .».,,„ . . 168
Pipe bends . ... . . . • . . 170
Flanges 172
Brass and copper tubes . 176
Fittings . . . . >• . » .' . 177
Valves . . v 182
Cocks . . . . . , . . . 192
Expansion joints 193
SECTION V
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
Turnbuckles 200
Thimbles t. . . 204
Sockets "... 205
Clevis nuts 209
Sister hooks 210
CONTENTS *
PAGE
Eye bolts 211
Hooks 212
Shackles. .v 214
Slings — rope and chain 217
Chain — hoisting and anchor 221
Drum scores for chain and rope 224
SECTION VI
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
Handles . 227
Hand wheels 232
Knobs 236
Knurled set 237
Wrenches . . . 238
Spanners 239
Stuffing boxes 242
Drill shanks . . * \. , 245
Washers. . . . . . 247
Clinch rings 249
Springs ....'... 250
Angle couplings . . 254
Knuckle joints 258
Yoke ends .... * '1 259
Rod ends . . . . . . ... . . 261
Tool straps and bolts . . .-. 262
Taper pins ..... .;'. 264
Finished ends of shafts, studs, screws and bushings * .... 265
Standard squares for chuck screws and wrenches 267
SECTION VII
STRUCTURAL DETAILS
Rivets . . . . .' ' . . . 26S
Riveted joints 276
Structural shapes . .' ; 277
Wire and sheet metal gauges 284
Plates 285
Gauges for punching .....* 286
Rivet spacing 288
Beam connections . . . 292
x CONTENTS
SECTION VIII
USEFUL TABLES
PAGE
Weights and measures 294
Metric units 296
Metric and U. S. equivalent measures 297
Decimal equivalents of an inch 300
Inches and fractions in decimals of a foot ....... 301
Strength of materials 302
Specific gravities and weights of materials 303
Equivalent values of mechanical, electrical and heat units . . 304
HANDBOOK OF
STANDARD DETAILS
HANDBOOK OF
STANDARD DETAILS
SECTION I
DRAWINGS
NOTES ON SHOP DRAWINGS — LIMIT STANDARDS — U. S. PATENT OFFICE
DRAWINGS — SHRINKAGE OF CASTINGS — rGEOMETRICAL
CONSTRUCTIONS
NOTES ON SHOP DRAWINGS
COMMON ABBREVIATIONS
" or ins. = inches 0 or sq. ins. = square inches
' or ft. = feet IZ1 or sq. ft. = square feet
f . = surface to be finished F.A.O. = finished all over
C.L. = center line dia. = diameter
Cb. = counterbore thds. = threads
Csk. = countersunk U.S.G. = United States Gauge
B.W.G. = Birmingham or Stubs Wire Gauge
B. & S. = Brown & Sharpe or American Standard Wire Gauge
A.W.G. = American Wire Gauge c.i. = cast iron
w.i. = wrought iron m.i. = malleable iron
c.s. = cast steel Br. = brass
Bz. = bronze O.d. = outside dia. I. d. = inside dia.
Zn. = zinc $ or Ib. = pound
Ft.B.M. = feet board measure ° or deg. = degree
n = 3 . 14159 C. to C. = center to center
Dimensions not to scale should be underscored or marked "Not to
Scale."
Where several pieces are shown on a drawing always have a bill
of material and a table for noting alterations and date.
The title is preferably printed in the lower right hand corner.
1
SHOP DRAWINGS
'iiii> t VL , .1 IM.-^ Line of object
— — — — — — — — Line of invisible part
Center line
Projection line
— 4-" ^1 Dimension line
A/S** A/^ Breaking of part
Rectangular bar
Circular bar
I
Pipe
Wood
Chain
Angle
Channel
I beam
LIMIT STANDARDS
HATCHINGS FOR SECTIONS
CAST IRON WRO'T IRON CAST STEEL NICKELST'L BRASS OK
BABBIT OR. ALUMINUM
BRICK CONCRETE EARTH
RIVET MARKINGS, see page 275.
STONE RUBBER-
LIMIT STANDARDS
EXPLANATION
Symbols used on drawing — Using i " as an example
i * Rough gauge. — Shaft to be ground and to use gauge for shaft
work preparatory to grinding.
i " Finish gauge. — Shaft to be turned or ground to gauge furnished
and within the "Go" and "No Go" limits.
i " Drive gauge. — Shaft to be turned or ground for a drive fit, and
to be furnished to limits of "Go" and "No Go" gauge.
i " Free hole (Free holes taking in running and sliding fits) . — Hole
to be bored or reamed to plug furnished and to come within "Go"
and "No Go" limits.
i * Standard plug. — Hole to be bored or reamed to standard plug
furnished and to come within limits of "Go" and "No Go" gauges.
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
SYMBOL FINISH GAUGE
STANDARD SHAFT
USE WITH STANDARD HOLE (WRINGING FIT)
USE WITH FREE HOLE (RUNNING FIT)
DIA. IN
INCHES
Maximum
Minimum
Tolerance
.3750
.3743
.0007
y*
.4375
.4368
.0007
%6
.5000
.4990
.0010
y&
.5625
.5615
.0010
%6
.6250
.6240
.0010
%
.6875
.6865
.0010
tiz
.7500
.7490
.0010
3^
.8125
.8115
.0010
Hie
.8750
.8740
.0010
%
.9375
.9365
.0010
15/ie
1.0000
.9990
.0010
1
1.0625
.0615
.0010
IVfg
1 . 1250
.1240
.0010
ifi
.1875
.1865
.0010
l3/ie
.2500
.2490
.0010
1 34
.3125
.3115
.0010
!5/f6
.3750
.3740
.0010
ig
.4375
.4365
.0010 •
.5000
.4990
.0010
i/^
.5625
.5615
.0010
i|2
1.6250
.6240
.0010
1.6875
.6865
.0010
I1 Vie
1.7500
.7490
.0010
lif
1.8125
.8115
.0010
1.8750
.8740
.0010
\v*
1.9375
.9365
.0010
2.0000
.9990
.0010
2 "
2.1250
2.1240
.0010
2.2500
2.2490
.0010
2J|
2.3750
2.3740
.0010
2.5000
2,4990
.0010
2H
2.6250
2.6240
.0010
2.7500
2.7490
.0010
2%
2.8750
2.8740
.0010
2,1/a
3.0000
2.9985
.0015
3
3.1250
3.1235
.0015
3.2500
3.2485
.0015
334
3.3750
3.3735
.0015
3/xj
3.5000
3.4985
.0015
3M
3.6250
3.6235
.0015
35A
3.7500
3.7485
.0015
3%
3.8750
3.8735
.0015
4.0000
3.9985
.0015
4'8
4.1250
4.1235
.0015
4.2500
4.2485
.0015
434
4.3750
4.3735
.0015
4%
4.5000
4.4985
.0015
4.6250
4.6235
.0015
*3
4.7500
4.7485
.0015
4.8750
4.8735
.0015
4j|
5.0000
4.9985
.0015
5i
5.1250
5.1235
.0015
5.2500
5.2485
.0015
5J4!
5.3750
5.3735
.0015
5%
5.5000
5.4985
.0015
giz
5.6250
5.6235
.0015
5iH*
5.7500
5.7485
.0015
5H
5.8750
5.8735
.0015
5%
6.0000
5.9980
.002
6
6.1250
6.1230
.002
6.2500
6.2480
.002
6i^
6.3750
6.3730
.002
6^
LIMIT STANDARDS
SYMBOL ROUGH GAUGE
ROUGH TURNING
PREPARATORY to GRINDING
(Special Cases on Long Shafts)
SCREW MACHINE WORK
Maximum
Minimum
Tolerance
.387
.383
.004
H
.449
.445
.004
7/ie
.512
.508
.004
%
.575
.570
.005
94
.638
.633
.005
.701
.695
.006
i2
.765
.759
.006
j|
.827
.821
.006
134
.890
.884
.006
H
.952
.946
.006
1.016
1.010
.006
i
1.078
1.072
.006
l/ie
1.141
1.135
.006
l/'i
1.203
1.197
.006
13^
1.268
1.262
.006
1/4
1.330
1.393
1.324
1.387
.006
.006
$
1.455
1.449
.006
\T/c
1.518
1.512
.006
1^2
.580
1.574
.006
l9/ie
.643
1.637
.006
\$/0
.705
1.699
.006
In/i6
.771
1.765
006
lff
.833
1.827
006
.896
1.890
006
1 %
.958
1.952
.006
I15/fe
2.028
2.020
008
2
2.153
2.145
.008
2*/£
2.278
2.270
.008
2M
2.403
2.395
008
2%
2.528
2.520
.008
2j^
2.653
2.645
.008
2*M*
,2.778
2.770
.008
2%
2.903
2.895
.008
2/^
3.035
3.025
.010
3
3.160
3.150
.010
31^
3 285
3.275
.010
3/4
3.410
3.400
.010
33^
3.535
3.525
.010
31^2
3.660
3.650
.010
3/1?
3.785
3.775
.010
3^
3.910
3.900
.010
3J^8
4.035
4.025
.010
4
DIA.
IN
INCHES
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
SYMBOL STANDARD PLUG
SYMBOL FREE HOLE
WRINGING AND DRIVE FITS
RUNNING AND SLIDING FITS
STANDARD HOLE
WRINGING FIT, USE WITH ST*D SHAFT
DIA.
FREE HOLE
DRIVE FIT, USE WITH DRIVE FIT
SHAFT
IN
INCHES
USE WITH STANDARD 8HAFTJ
Maximum
Minimum
Tolerance
Maximum
Minimum
Tolerance
.3750
.3747
.0003
%
.3760
.3755
.0005
.4375
.4372
.0003
.4385
.4380
.0005
.5000
.4995
.0005
%
.5015
.5008
.0007
.5625
.5620
.0005
9/
.5640
.5633
.0007
.6250
.6245
.0005
iH»
.6265
.6258
.0007
.6875
.6870
.0005
u/f6
.6890
.6883
.0007
.7500
.7495
.0005
3
.7515
.7508
.0007
.8125
.8120
.0005
13^.
.8140
.8133
.0007
.8750
.8745
.0005
%
.8765
.8758
.0007
.9375
.9370
.0005
15/i6
.9390
.9383
.0007
.0000
.9993
.0007
1
1.0020
1.0010
.0010
.0625
.0618
.0007
1V6
1.0645
1.0635
.0010
.1250
.1243
.0007
1H
1 . 1270
1 . 1260
.0010
.1875
.1868
.0007
1%
1 . 1895
1 . 1885
.0010
.2500
.2493
.0007
1«
1.2520
1.2510
.0010
.3125
.3118
.0007
l5/ffi
1.3145
1.3135
.0010
.3750
.3743
.0007
l£j
1 . 3770
1.3760
.0010
.4375
.4368
.0007
114
1.4395
1.4385
.0010
.5000
.4993
.0007
m
1 . 5025
1.5012
.0013
.5625
.5618
.0007
i94
1.5650
1.5637
.0013
.6250
.6243
.0007
m
1.6275
1 . 6262
.0013
.6875
.6868
.0007
in/f6
1.6900
1 . 6887
.0013
.7500
.7493
.0007
IK
1.7525
1.7512
.0013
.8125
1.8118
.0007
lls/6
1.8150
1.8137
.0013
.8750
1.8743
.0007
m
1.8775
1.8762
.0013
.9375
1.9368
.0007
vv*
1.9400
1.9387
.0013
2.0000
1.9990
.0010
2
2.0030
2.0015
.0015
2 . 1250
2.1240
.0010
2y8
2 . 1280
2.1265
.0015
2.2500
2 . 2490
.0010
2H
2.2530'
2.2515
.0015
2.3750
2.3740
.0010
2%
2.3780
2.3765
.0015
2 . 5000
2.4990
.0010
21A
2 . 5030
2.5015
.0015
2.6250
2.6240
.0010
25A
2.6280
2.6265
.0015
2.7500
2.7490
.0010
2%
2.7530
2.7515
.0015
2.8750
2.8740
.0010
27/s
2.8780
2.8765
.0015
3.0000
2.9990
.0010
3
3.0035
3.0020
.0015
3.1250
3.1240
.0010
31A
3.1285
3.1270
.0015
3.2500
3.2490
.0010
31A
3.2535
3.2520
.0015
3 . 3750
3.3740
.0010
3H
3.3785
3 . 3770
.0015
3.5000
3.4990
.0010
31A
3.5035
3.5020
.0015
3.6250
3 . 6240
.0010
3%
3.6285
3 . 6270
.0015
3.7500
3.7490
.0010
3%
3.7535
3 . 7520
.0015
3.8750
3.8740
.0010
37/s
3 . 8785
3.8770
.0015
4.0000
3.9990
.0010
4
4.0035
4 . 0020
.0015
4^
4.1290
4.1270
.002
4.2500
4.2485
.0015
4}£
4.2540
4.2520
.002
4/x?
4.3390
4.3370
.002
4^
4.5045
4 . 5025
.002
4^6
4.6295
4.6275
.002
4M
4.7545
4.7525
.002
AND SHRINK FITS
Continued from page 6
SYMBOL STANDARD PLUG
WRINGING AND DRIVE FITS
SYMBOL FREE HOLE
RUNNING AND SLIDING FITS
STANDARD HOLE
WRINGING FIT, USE WITH STANDARD
SHAFT DRIVE FIT, USE WITH DRIVE
FIT SHAFT
DIA.
IN
INCHES
FREE HOLE
USE WITH STANDARD SHAFT
Maximum
Minimum
Tolerance
Maximum
Minimum
Tolerance
4%
5
4.8795
5.0050
4.8775
5.0030
.002
.002
5.1300
5.1280
.002
KM
5 2550
5.2530
.002
53^
5.3800
5.3780
.002
5 5055
5.5035
.002
\y
5.6305
5.6285
.002
fAS
5 7555
5.7535
.002
5V
5.8805
5.8785
.002
Q
6 0070
6.0040
.003
6.1320
6.1290
.003
6i4
6 2570
6.2540
.003
6*|
6 . 3820
6.3790
.003
6 . 5075
6.5045
.003
fi5/
6 6325
6.6295
.003
6»
6.7575
6.7545
.003
fiT/
6 8825
6.8795
.003
•
7 8
7.0080
7.0050
.003
PRESS AND SHRINK FITS
Press fits— Either one or both parts are given a slight taper as
V* to K2 in per foot. The allowance between a hole in a cast iron
hub and a steel shaft to be pressed in, may be taken as about .004
in., and for a steel hub and shaft .003. Press fits are not as satis-
factory as shrink for resisting torsional stresses.
Shrink fits.-Both hole and shaft are generally cylindrical altho
sometimes a slight taper is given. For cast iron and steel shrink
fits an allowance of .0015 times the diameter of the shaft plus .005
in. may be used. Some companies make no difference in allowance
between press and shrink fits.
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
SYMBOL— BEARING PLUG
BRONZE BEARING
LIMIT STANDARD
STANDARD SHAFT
BEARING PLUG
ALLOWANCE FOR
RUNNING FIT
Size
Maximum
Minimum
Tolerance
Maximum
Minimum
5/8
.6273
.6258
.0015
.0033
.0008
H4
.6898
.6883
.0015
.0033
.0008
H
.7523
.7508
.0015
.0033
.0008
134
.8148
.8133
.0015
.0033
.0008
7/8
.8773
.8758
.0015
.0033
.0008
154
.9398
.9383
.0015
.0033
.0008
1
1.0030
1.0010
.002
.0040
.0010
Iki
1.0655
1.0635
.002
.0040
.0010
m
1 . 1280
1 . 1260
.002
.0040
.0010
134
1 . 1905
1 . 1885
.002
.0040
.0010
ilA
1.2530
1.2510
.002
.0040
.0010
154
1.3155
1.3135
.002
.0040
.0010
m
1.3780
1.3760
.002
.0040
.0010
i7^
1.4410
1.4385
.0025
.0045
.0010
ill
1.5037
1.5012
.0025
.0047
.0012
i94
1.5662
1.5637
.0025
.0047
.0012
IH
1.6287
1.6262
.0025
.0047
.0012
iu46
1.6912
1.6887
.0025
.0047
.0012
IN
1.7537
1.7512
.0025
.0047
..0012
i13^
1.8162
1.8137
.0025
.0047
.0012
133
1.8787
1.8762
.0025
.0047
.0012
i154
1.9412
1.9387
.0025
.0047
.0012
2
2.0045
2.0015
.003
.0055
.0015
2^
2.1295
2.1265
.003
.0055
.0015
2M
2.2545
2.2515
.003
.0055
.0015
2^
2.3795
2.3765
.003
.0055
.0015
2^
2.5045
2.5015
.003
.0055
.0015
2%
2.6295
2.6265
.003
.0055
.0015
2M
2.7545
2.7515
.003
.0055
.0015
2%
2.8795
2.8765
.003
.0055
.0015
3
3.0050
3.0020
.003
.0065
.0020
3^
3.1300
3.1270
.003
.0065
.0020
3M
3.2550
3.2520
.003
.0065
.0020
3^
3.3800
3.3770
.003
.0065
.0020
sy2
3.5050
3.5020
.003
.0065
.0020
zy*
3.6300
3.6270
.003
.0065
.0020
m
3.7550
3.7520
.003
.0065
.0020
*H
3.8800
3.8770
.003
.0065
.0020
4
4.0055
4.0020
.0035
.0070
.0020
4J^
4.1305
4.1270
.0035
.0070
.0020
DRAWINGS
LIMIT OF WEAR ON PLUG GAUGES
Standard Plugs
Free Hole, Roughing and Special Plugs
Tolerance of .0003 to.0005— .0002
" .0005 " .0015— .0003
Tolerance of .0005 to .001— .0003
" .001 " .005— .0005
" over .005— .001
U. S. PATENT OFFICE DRAWINGS
Drawings must be made upon pure white paper of a thickness
corresponding to two-sheet or three-sheet Bristol board. The sur-
face of the paper must be calendered and smooth. India ink alone
must be used, to secure perfectly black and solid lines.
The size of a sheet on which a drawing is made must .be exactly
10 by 15 ins. One inch from its edges a single marginal line is to be
drawn, leaving the "sight" precisely 8 by 13 ins. Within this mar-
gin all work and signatures must be included. One of the shorter
sides of the sheet is regarded as its top, and, measuring downward
from the marginal line, a space of not less than l^t ins. is to be left
blank for the heading of title, name, number and date.
All drawings must be made with the pen only. Every line and
letter (signatures included) must be absolutely black. This direc-
tion applies to all lines, however fine, to shading, and to lines rep-
resenting cut surfaces in sectional views. All lines must be clean,
sharp and solid, and they must not be too fine or crowded. Surface
shading, when used, should be open. Sectional shading should be
made by oblique parallel lines, which may be about one-twentieth
of an inch apart. Solid black should not be used for sectional or
surface shading. Free-hand work should be avoided wherever it
is possible to do so.
Drawings should be made with the fewest lines possible consist-
ent with clearness. Shading (except on sectional views) should be
used only on convex and concave surfaces, where it should be used
sparingly, and may even there be dispensed with if the drawing be
otherwise well executed. The plane upon which a sectional view is
taken should be indicated on the general view by a broken or dot-
ted line, which should be designated by numerals corresponding to
the number of the sectional view. Heavy lines on the shade sides
of objects should be used, except where they tend to thicken the
work and obscure letters of reference. The light is always sup-
THESIZEOFTHE SHEET MUST BE EXACTLY
10 x 15 INCHES.
•THIS SPACE MUST BE IIGHT INCHES 4
DRAWINGS 11
posed to come from the upper left hand corner at an angle of 45
The scale to which a drawing is made ought to be large enough
to show the mechanism without crowding, and two or more sheets
should be used if one does not give sufficient room to accomplish
this end; but the number of sheets must never be more than is
absolutely necessary.
The different views should be consecutively numbered. Letters
and figures of reference must be carefully formed. They should, if
possible, measure at least one-eighth of an inch in height, so that
they may bear reducing to one twenty-fourth of an inch; and they
may be much larger when there is sufficient room. They must be
so placed in the close and complex parts of drawings as not to inter-
fere with a thorough comprehension of the same, and therefore
should rarely cross or mingle with the lines. When necessarily
grouped around a certain part they should be placed at a little dis-
tance, where there is available space, and connected by lines with
the parts to which they refer. They should not be placed upon
shaded surfaces, but when it is difficult to avoid this, a blank space
must be left in the shading where the letter occurs, so that it shall
appear perfectly distinct and separate from the work. If the same
part of an invention appear in more than one view of the drawing
it must always be represented by the same character, and the same
character must never be used to designate different parts.
The signature of the applicant should be placed at the lower
right hand corner of each sheet, and the signatures of the witnesses,
if any, at the lower left hand corner, all within the marginal line,
but in no instance should they trespass upon the drawings. The
title should be written with pencil on the back of the sheet. The
permanent names and title constituting the heading will be applied
subsequently by the office in uniform style.
All views on the same sheet must stand in the same direction
and must if possible stand so that they can be read with the sheet
held in an upright position. If views longer than the width of the
sheet are necessary for the proper illustration of the invention the
sheet may be turned on its side. The space for heading must then
be reserved at the right and the signatures placed at the left, occu-
pying the same space and position as in the upright views and
being horizontal when the sheet is held in an upright position.
One figure must not be placed upon another or within the outline
of another.
12
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Drawings transmitted to the U. S. Patent Office should be sent
flat, protected by a sheet of heavy binder's board; or should be
rolled for transmission in a suitable mailing tube, but should never
be folded.
An agent's or attorney's stamp, or advertisement or written ad-
dress will not be permitted upon the face of a drawing, within or
without the marginal line.
WEIGHT OF WOOD PATTERNS COMPARED TO WEIGHT
OF CASTINGS
A pattern weighing one pouftid
(less weight of core boxes)
made of
Cast Iron
Lbs.
Brass
Lbs.
Bronze
Lbs.
Copper
Lbs.
Zinc
Lbs.
Pine or fir.
16
18 8
19 3
19.7
15.5
Mahogany
11 7
13 2
13 5
13.7
11.2
Brass
85
.95
.98
.99
.81
Pear
10 2
11.5
11.8
11.9
9.8
Thus if a pine pattern weighed one pound, a casting of cast iron
from it would weigh 16 Ibs., of brass 18.8 Ibs., of bronze 19.3 Ibs., etc.
SHRINKAGE OF CASTINGS
Patterns for castings should be made larger than dimensions given
on drawings to allow for shrinkage. For iron castings (gray and
malleable) the allowance for shrinkage is y% inch per foot, for steel
J£ inch, for brass % inch, for lead y% inch, for tin lln inch and for
zinc 3/fg inch.
GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTIONS
To Bisect a Straight Line and Draw
a Perpendicular to It. — With the ends
as centers and with a radius greater
than one-half the line, describe arcs
intersecting on both sides of the line.
A line through the intersections will
bisect the line and be perpendicular
to it.
GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTIONS
13
To Draw a Right Triangle, Given One
Side. — Let A B be the side, and divide
it into 6 equal parts. With A as center
and radius equal to 8 parts describe an
arc. With B as center and radius
equal to 10 parts describe another arc.
From their intersection C draw A C
and C B, A C being perpendicular to
AB.
To Divide a Line Into a Number
of Equal Parts when the divisions
on the scale are larger than the
parts. If A B is the line, draw
B C perpendicular to it. Suppose
A B is to be divided into 5 equal
parts — take a scale or a foot rule
and place one end at A and the
division 5 of the scale on the
line B C. Draw horizontal lines
through the divisions 1, 2, 3 and
4, — then their intersections on
A B as 1', 2', 3' and 4' are equal
parts of the line A B.
To Lay Off a 45 Deg. Angle. — Let
A B and B C be two equal lines form-
ing a right angle. A line connecting A
and C will be at an angle of 45 degs.
to A B.
To Lay Off a 60 Deg. Angle. —
From the line A B, with A as center,
and any radius draw arc B C. With
the same radius and B as center de-
scribe an arc cutting B C at C. Join
A and C. The line A C will make
an angle of 60 degs. with A B. For
an angle of 30 degs. bisect B C.
14
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
To Draw a Tangent to a Circle From a Point on the Circumference.
If A is the point, draw a radial line O A. At A draw a line B C
at right angles to O A, which line will be tangent to the circumfer-
ence at A.
To Draw a Hexagon When the Length of One Side is Given. — Let
A B be the given side, then with A B as a radius and A and B as
centers draw arcs intersecting at O. With O as center and radius
A B draw a circle through A and B. With the same radius and C
as center describe an arc cutting the circle at D. Points E and F
are obtained in a similar way. Connecting B, C, D, E, F and A
gives the required hexagon.
GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTIONS
15
To Draw a Hexagon, Given the Long Diameter.— Bisect the long
diameter A D at O. With O as center and A O as radius describe
a circle. Using the same radius and A as center, draw an arc cut-
ting the circle at B and F. With D as center describe an arc cut-
ting the circle at C and E. Connect A, B, C, D, E and F.
To Inscribe a Hexagon in a Circle. — Divide the circle into six
parts by stepping around the circumference with dividers a chord
equal to the radius. Draw lines connecting the consecutive points.
To Circumscribe a Hexagon About a Circle. — Lay off a chord A B
equal to the radius of the circle, and bisect its arc at C. At C
draw a tangent D E meeting O D and O E. Describe a circle with
radius O D, and space O D around the circle — the points thus
obtained when joined will form a hexagon.
16
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Or draw a line O D. Lay a 60 deg. triangle on O D so that it is
tangent to the circle at C. The tangent drawn will be one side of
the hexagon. At E draw a horizontal line tangent to the given
circle. By the continued use of the 60 deg. triangle the other sides
of the hexagon can be drawn.
To Inscribe an Octagon in a Square. — Draw the diagonals of the
square. With the corners as centers and a radius of one-half a
diagonal draw arcs cutting the sides of the square. Connect the
intersections of the arcs and the sides of the square.
To Inscribe an Octagon in a Circle. — Draw A B perpendicular to
C D. Bisect the arc B D at E, A D at F, etc. Join points B, E,
D, F, etc.
GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTIONS
17
To Draw an Arc Through Three Points A, B and C. — Join the
points. Bisect A B and B C, and at their centers draw perpendicu-
lars. Where the perpendiculars meet is the center of the required
arc.
To Construct a Polygon of n Sides Having Given One Side A B. —
With A B as radius and A as center describe a semicircle and divide
18
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
it into n parts. From n subtract 2, the remainder being the num-
ber of parts through which lines G A, A F, etc. are drawn. In the
present case n = 7, and there are thus 5 parts from B to G. With
A B as radius and B as center describe an arc cutting A C at C, —
with the same radius and C as center describe an arc cutting A D,
and so on, giving points E, F and G. By connecting the points a
polygon is formed.
\
--&
To Draw an Ellipse. — First Method. — With C as a center draw two
circles, one with the diameter equal to the major axis of the ellipse
and the other equal to the minor axis. Divide the circumference
of the large circle into any number of equal parts and draw from
the divisions lines to the center C. Draw vertical lines from A,
B, C, etc., and horizontal from A', Br, C', etc. The intersections
of the vertical and horizontal lines will be points on the ellipse.
GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTIONS
19
Second Method. — Lay off D E equal to the difference between the
major and minor axes of the required ellipse. Bisect A E and
erect a perpendicular to A D at G, cutting A B at H and D K at
K. Follow the same procedure on B D. Then H and K are cen-
VK
ters for two arcs approximately forming part of an ellipse — the
centers for the other two arcs are found in a similar manner to
that just outlined.
Cycloid. — This curve is traced by a point on the circumference
of a circle rolling on a straight line without slipping. If A E is the
diameter of the generating circle, divide the semi-circumference
into n equal parts, and lay off the arcs A B, A C, etc., along the base
20
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
line A E. On horizontal lines through B, C, etc., lay off A B, A C,
etc. A curve through the ends of these lines will be a cycloid.
D
Epicycloid. — A curve generated by a point on the circumference
of a circle which rolls without slipping on the outside of another
Xs
/ \
y' N
/ \ \ V
/ \/%
//''"'' -—""" '
/I
/i
/s ^ **~ ~~~
i
fcC.1
i
0 A
Bl
cl
V I
i
V !
>
i v
D
GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTIONS
21
circle — is an epicycloid. Divide the semi-circumference of the
rolling circle into n equal parts (in the present case into 4) and lay
off the arcs A B, A C, A D and A E on the circumference of the
base circle. With O as center draw arcs through B, C, D, E cut-
ting the extended radii of the base circle at F, G, H, K. From F,
G, H lay off arcs equal to B B', C C', D D'. A curve passing through
B", C", etc., is an epicycloid.
Hypocycloid. — This curve is generated by a point on the circum-
ference of a circle which rolls without slipping on the inside of
/
V-
_—4-
\ ^J>
O
'&--—-"" {
r i
i
^sl
1 E
ET
a1!
V/
c!
1
B,
another circle. Divide the semi-circumference of the rolling circle
into n equal parts (in the present case into 4) and lay off the arcs
A B, A C, A D on the circumference of the base circle. With O
as center draw arcs through B, C, D, E cutting the radii of the
base circle at F, G, H, K. From F, G, H lay off arcs equal to B B',
C C', D D'. A curve passing through B", C", etc. is a hypocy-
cloid.
22
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Involute.— A curve traced by the end of a taut string unwound
from the circumference of a circle is an involute. If B C is tangent
to the circle, lay off on it, the arc A B — then the point C is on the
involute. By drawing more tangents other points can be found.
Parabola. — Height A B and base C D given. Divide C D into
LAYING OFF ANGLES
23
any number of even parts as 10, and erect perpendiculars. Divide
the sides C F and D E into the same number of parts as C B and
B D. From the divisions on C F and D E draw lines to the apex
A. Where these lines cut the perpendiculars from C D'are points
in the parabola.
Hyperbola. — Let A B be the distance between the two branches
of the hyperbola, and F and F' the foci. Take any distance as F'
C and with F' as center describe an arc. Lay off F' D =*= A B.
With F as center and radius D C describe an arc cutting the pre-
vious one at G and G', which are points on the hyperbola. Other
points can be found in a similar way.
LAYING OFF ANGLES WITH A TWO-FOOT RULE
To lay off an angle, open the ends of the rule to the distance
given in the following table. Thus for a 45 deg. angle open the
rule until the ends are 9 . 20 ins. apart.
Degrees
Inches
Degrees
Inches
Degrees
Inches
1
2
3
4
5
7.5
10
14.5
.21
.422
.633
.837
1.04
1.57
2.09
3.015
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
3.12
4.17
5.21
6.21
7.20
8.21
9.20
10.12
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
11.08
12
12.89
13.76
14.61
15.43
16.21
16.97
24
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
TABLE FOR THE DIVISION OF THE CIRCUMFERENCE OF A CIRCLE
Number of
Divisions
in the
Circum-
ference
* Angle of
Correspond-
ing Division
of Circle;
Degrees
Length of
Chord in
Decimal
Fraction
of Radius
Number of
Divisions
in the
Circum-
ference
Angle of
Correspond-
ing Division
of Circle;
Degrees
Length of
Chord in
Decimal
Fraction
of Radius
3
120
1 . 73206
52
6.55
0.120356
4
90
1.41422
53
6.47
0.118032
5
72
1 . 17558
54
6.40
0.11629
6
60
1
55
6.32
0.113966
7
51.25
0.86732
56
6.25
0.111644
8
45
0.76536
57
6.18
0.1099
9
40
0.68404
58
6.12
0.108158
10
36
0.61804
59
6.06
0.106414
11
32.43
0.563
60
6
0.104672
12
30
0.51764
61
5.54
0.102928
13
27
0.4782
62
5.48
0.101186
14
25
0.4448
63
5.42
0.99442
15
24
0.41582
64
5.37
0.0977
16
22.30
0.39018
65
5.32
0.096538
17
21.10
0.36734
66
5.27
0.094794
18
20
0.3473
67
5.22
0.093632
19
18.56
0.32894
68
5.17
0.091888
20
18
0.31286
69
5.13
0.090765
21
17.08
0.29792
70
5.08
0.089564
22
16.21
0.2841
71
5.04
0.088402
23
15.39
0.272
72
5
0.087238
24
15
0.26106
73
4.55
0.085496
25
14.24
0.25066
74
4.51
0.084332
26
13.50
0.24086
75
4.48
0.083J52
27
13.20
0.23218
76
4.44
0.083588
28
12.51
0.22352
77
4.40
0.081426
29
12.24
0.216
78
4.36
0.080264
30
12
0.20906
79
4.33
0.0791
31
11.36
0.20212
80
4.30
0.078518
32
11.15
0.19574
81
4.20
0.077356
33
10.54
0.18996
82
4.23
0.076194
34
10.35
0.18416
83
4.20
0.075612
35
10.17
0.17894
84
4.17
0.07445
36
10
0.17432
85
4.14
0.073868
37
9.43
0.1691
86
4.11
0.072706
38
9.28
0.16504
87
4.08
0.072124
39
9.13
0.1604
88
4.05
0.070962
40
9
0.15692
89
4.02
0.07038
41
8.46
0.15286
90
4
0.069798
42
8.34
0.14938
91
3.57
0.0686362
43
8.22
0.1459
92
3.54
0.0680546
44
8.10
0.14242
93
3.52
0.0674732
45
8
0.13952
94
3.49
0.0663104
46
7.49
0.13603
95
3.47
0.0657288
47
7.39
0.133128
96
3.45
0.0651474
48
7.30
0.130806
97
3.42
0.064566
49
7.20
0.127904
98
3.40
0.0639844
50
7.12
0.125582
99
3.38
0.063403
51
7.03
0.122678
100
3.36
0.0628216
SECTION II
FASTENINGS
BOLTS — NUTS — SCREWS — THREADS FOR BOLTS, NUTS, SCREWS AND
PIPE — TAP DRILLS — NAILS — SPIKES — KEYS — GIBS AND
KEYS — T SLOTS — COTTERS
BOLTS
MEASUREMENT OF BOLTS, SCREWS AND RIVETS
The length of flat head screws, stove bolts and countersunk oval
head screws includes the head and half the head of round head wood
screws — but excludes the head of round and fillister head machine
screws and round head stove bolts.
The length of rivets is exclusive of the head except countersunk
heads, where the length of the head is included.
The diameter of screws is measured by the Brown and Sharpe
gauge, see page 43.
The diameter of structural rivets is given in inches or fractions
thereof. See Structural Details, pages 270 and 271.
MATERIALS
The material selected depends on the purpose the bolt is to be
used for. The U. S. Navy for class B open hearth carbon steel re-
quires a tensile strength of 58,000 Ib. per sq. in., elastic limit 30,000
Ib. per sq. in., elongation in 8 ins. of 289 and be bent cold 180 degs.
without showing fracture. Special bolts as Society of Automotive
Engineers hexagon head cap screws can be obtained with a tensile
strength of 100,000 Ib. per sq. in. and elastic limit of 60,000. Bolts,
screws and nuts are also made of bronze and composition.
25
26 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
UNITED STATES STANDARD BOLT HEADS AND, NUTS
Finished Head
Finished Nut
F
H
F
G
1.5 D + V
b-^*
1.5 D + fcfc'
.5 F - K6"
Hexagon heads and nuts. — The distance between opposite corners
(the long diameter) = 1.155 X the distance between sides (the short
diameter).
Square heads and nuts. — The distance between opposite corners
(the long diameter) = 1.414 X the diameter between sides (the
short diameter).
FASTENINGS
27
FINISHED HEXAGON HEADS AND NUTS
Dia.
of
bolt
Threads
per in
Diameter
Short Long
Height
Dia.
of
bolt
Threads
per in
Diameter
Short Long
Height
20
18
16
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
6
2
tt
2%
3^6
3T4
3%
6^6
2%
3174
37/
7/i
^
U. S. Standard is the same as the Franklin Institute. For work-
ing stress see U. S. Standard threads, page 59.
MANUFACTURERS' SQUARE AND HEXAGON BOLT HEADS
No universal standard has been adopted by all manufacturers.
The following table gives dimensions commonly used:
Dia. of bolt
Short dia.
Height
Dia. of bolt
Short dia.
Height
V
H
*A
27X.
IK
2^6.
9
[Russell, Burdsall & Ward Bolt & Nut Co., Port Chester, N. Y.]
For threads per inch see U. S. Standard Bolt Heads.
28 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
SCREW ENDS OF STANDARD HEXAGON-HEADED BOLTS
T/\P SOU
BODX F\T
[Niles-Bement-Pond Co., New York, N. Y.]
A = diameter of bolt B = 13^ A C = 1^ A + 1A"
~D = 14" for bolts up to and including % " diameter and M " f or
those larger.
E = y^ " for bolts up to and including %" diameter and 3-i" f°r
those larger.
Height or thickness of nut is taken as equal to the diameter of the
bolt, which is approximately true.
Studs in cast iron — depth of tap should be the same as for tap
bolts, viz.: \l/$ times the diameter of the stud.
Drilled holes which are to be tapped should not extend into spaces
subject to pressure.
FASTENINGS
29
SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS BOLTS AND NUTS
Castle Nut Hexagon Bolt and Nut
S. A. E. Screw Thread
D = Diameter of Screw
P = Pitch of Thread
B = Short dia. of Nuts and
Screw Heads
D x 1.5 + l/i in. = Length of
Threaded Portion
•?- = Flat Top
o
p = Number of threads per in. d = Diameter of Cotter Pin
D
Thdsperin.
A
A-l
B
C
E
H
I
K
d
Tap drill. .
28
7/f6
24
24
20
y*
20
y*
18
H
18
16
16
14
14
H
Heads and nuts semi-finished.
30
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
DECK BOLTS
Round head, square under.
Diameter
«•
'4*
H"
^6"
«•
Ibs.*
Ibs.*
Ibs.*
Ibs.*.
Ibs.*
I
o
£ 2
103^
163^
22
•S 2M
nH
173^
22^
^ 23^
123^
1814
23 *'
333^
40
c3 2^
133^
193^
243^
34
42
O
£ 3
....
26
34^
44
33^
—
29
373^
48
4
....
32
40 1A
52
4^
—
35
44
56
Size of Head . .
%*1A
%x%
IX3^
IxM
WxM
Size of Nut . . .
%x%
23^ x 3^
% x ^6
2%2 x \/^
1 x3%
Thread per In.
16
14
13
12
11
[Hoopes & Townsend, Philadelphia, Pa.]
*Approximate weight per 100.
May be obtained black or galvanized.
FASTENINGS
31
rH-i
Track bolts are manufactured with U. S. Standard rolled thread,
buttress and U. S. Standard cut thread. With rolled and buttress
threads the diameter of the threaded portion is about He m- greater
than the unthreaded, while with cut threads the diameter of the
threaded and unthreaded portion is the same. Bolts may be ob-
tained with either square or hexagon nuts.
U. S. STANDARD ROLLED THREAD TRACK BOLT
Dia.
A
Length
B
Head
Shoulder
Length
of
thread
Dia.
Shank
Nut
Height
Width
across
y*
13/ie
%
15/i6
Ike'
y*
!7/fe
We
13/16
7/fe
7/l6
9/16
9/16
^
15/ie
15/le
[Illinois Steel Co., Chicago, 111.]
Bolts can be obtained with cut, rolled and rolled buttress threads.
32 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
STUD BOLTS
TAP END
NUT END
LENGTHS OF THREADS ON STANDARD STUDS
N = Nut End T = TaP End
Length
I 2
•s 2K
3 «
5 3
3K
4
4K
4K
Number of
Threads to inch
Diameter
H
We
N T
¥1
9/,'0
16
H
N T
M
IK
H
N T
1
1
1
1
IK
IK
IK
IK
IK
K
11
K
10
ft
N T
N T
l**
IH
IH
IH
IH
IM
8
[Hartford Machine Screw Co., Hartford, Conn.]
Studs may be of steel or bronze, the latter material is used where
exposed to excessive moisture.
FASTENINGS
CARRIAGE BOLTS
33
Dia. of bolt
Dia. of head
Thickness of head
Length
Y±
H
Y* -
M» ^i6» ^ &
%&
K
Ke" dia. bolts
3/jg
a/
%
1^ to 10" ad-
%>
J^
^2
• vancing by J^"f
^2
1
M
^2 %6 % %
/ie
1^
%5
% & 1" dia.
«
IH
^6
bolts 2>^ to
• a/
1H
1
10" advancing
J^
l^
by Yz"
1
2
H
f National Screw and Tack Co., Cleveland, O.]
Length of thread 2 to 4 times diameter of bolt.
STOVE BOLTS
Flat, Round and Oval Heads
Dia. of bolt
H
%
3/fe
V*L
\i
Hi
3/i
%
^
Threads per in
32
28
24
22
18
18
16
14
13
34
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
BOILER PATCH BOLTS OR TAP RIVETS
Diameter.
i"
Threads per inch,
14
12
12
12
12
1^
ifc
W
1^
n
[Hoopes & Townsend, Philadelphia, Pa.]
BOILER STAY BOLTS
M'r, l%", %", *%", I", !Vi6*, W, We'' and IK" dia. All
diameters have 12 threads per inch. Length of threaded part from
2^" up, — cut to order. Stay bolts after being screwed into place
may have nuts on the ends, instead of being riveted over.
[Hoopes & Townsend, Philadelphia, Pa.]
FASTENINGS
35
TAP BOLTS
Square and Hexagon Heads
Diameter
H
•"/*
*8
Jxie"
>2
^8
k
>8
1^8
ik"
Threads per inch
20
18
16
14
13
11
10
9
8
7
7
Sizes of square and
N
*
tt
«*
K
'«
1H
1%
1K2
1»X16
1«
hexagon heads . . .
i
'%
%
4
N
*
%
'V6
«
%
*
[Hoopes & Townsend, Phila., Pa.]
PLANER HEAD BOLTS
Dia. of screw
1A"
94"
%"
114"
Y±"
Short dia. of head. . .
Thickness of head. . .
lYs"
W
!«'
Ys"
!%•
%"
I1/
w
IV
w
Length under head to extreme point all sizes 1 ",
All sizes have 12 threads per inch.
Bolts have either square or hexagon heads.
Nuts same size as heads.
[Hartford Machine Screw Co., Hartford, Conn.]
36
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
NUTS
For U. S. and Franklin Institute standard hexagon and square
nuts see page 26. For S. A. E. (Society Automotive Engineers)
hexagon nuts see page 29. Nuts can be obtained hot pressed, cold
punched or milled from bars.
CHAMFERED
CHAMFERED AND TRIMMED
DEVICES TO PREVENT NUTS FROM COMING LOOSE
Nuts can be prevented from coming loose by lock or check nuts,
set screws or split pins. In the latter case castellated nuts are often
See pages 29 and 38.
LOCK OR CHECK NUTS
B
I rt
F
1
D
FASTENINGS
37
As the greatest load is on the top nut this should be the largest
as shown in A. Spanners are seldom thin enough to take a thin
bottom nut, and the nuts are sometimes arranged as in B which is
convenient but faulty theoretically. C is a compromise of A and
B, both nuts being the same size. Short diameter of nuts same as
U. S. Standard — which see.
NUTS WITH SET SCREWS
.1
1
1
1
1
1
. 1
1
I
!
Hexagon Head:
Head— Standard U. S. Nut.
A = dia. of bolt or stud
B = 13^A 4- H"
j, _ jj ^
; depth of G = C
F =
G = F — i
H = iysC
K for wrot iron and brass = C + ^j*
" " cast iron = !3/f6C + l^"
Slotted Head:
Head— see Slotted Nuts.
B' = A + D, other dimensions same as for hexagon head.
There is another type having a collar with the depth E and diam-
eter F, below the ring with a diameter G. With this design the nut
cannot slip by the set screw.
38 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
CASTELLATED HEXAGON NUTS
Thick
f Nut
r of Nut A
ts of Hex.
Number of Slots
in Castle
Depth of Slots in Castle
(to round bottom)
Diameter of
Cotter Pin Used
28
24
24
20
20
18
18
16
14
14
Hi
1A
9/i6
M
15/i6
15/i6
ki
M
H
ki
H
y*
tt
H
[Hartford Machine Screw Co., Hartford, Conn.]
This nut can be kept from coming loose by cotter pin through the
slots. For Society Automotive Engineers castellated nut see page 29.
FASTENINGS
39
PLANER HEAD NUTS
(See Planer Head Bolts)
THUMB OR WING NUTS
B
D
E
y*
*— 56f
—40
—40
—24
—20
—18
—16
—13
—12
—11
—10
[Billings & Spencer, Hartford, Conn.]
* Diameter.
t Threads per inch.
40
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
THUMB OR WING NUTS — Continued
u
i
T i
1
1
o !
o
A*
Threads
per
men
B
D
E
24
20
18
16
14
13
11
10
IM
M
M
H
* A can be tapped and threaded as thumb nuts on page 39. Wing nuts may be
made of cast iron, composition or of drop forged steel.
FASTENINGS
EYE NUTS
/^\
41
Inches
Inches
Inches
In. U. S. S.
Inches
Inches
Inches
H
Inches
Inches
1
IK
IK
2
1H
2 4
3
Ji -13
K -10
IK
2K
3
3K
2K
4K
.2 -
* Diameter.
t Threads per inch.
42
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
SLOTTED ROUND NUTS
II
o \
1
\\
d = diameter of bolt.
A = .2d C = .13d
B = .3d D = .75d
SCREWS
STYLES OF HEADS AND SCREW POINTS
Flat Round Rd. Fill. Flat Fill. Pan Low Round Washer Oval
•v
Square Bevel Round Cup Dog Pivot Hanger Cone
» NOTE.— Rd. Fill. = Round Fillister. Flat Fill. = Flat Fillister.
FASTENINGS
43
TABLE OF DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS OF SCREW GAUGE
For Machine and Wood Screws, Brown & Sharpe Standard
The difference between consecutive sizes is .01316 inch
No. of
Screw
Gauge
Size in
Decimals
of in.
No. of
Screw
Gauge
Size in
Decimals
of in.
No. of
Screw
Gauge
Size in
Decimals
of in.
000
.03152
9
.17628
20
.32104
00
.04468
10
.18944
21
.33420
0
.05784
11
.20260
22
.34736
1 "
.07100
12
.21576
23
.36052
2
.08416
13
.22892
24
.37368
3
.09732
14
.24208
25
.38684
4
.11048
15
.25524
26
.40000
5
'. 12364
16
.26840
27
.41316
6
. 13680
17
.28156
28
.42632
7
.14996
18
.29472
29
.43948 '
8
.16312
19
.30788
30
.45264
Flat Head
WOOD SCREWS
(Standard and Drive)
Standard Wood Screws
(Iron and Brass)
Round Head
Oval Head
Standard wood screws, if driven with a hammer, loose their hold-
ing power. Screws perpendicular to the grain have about 25% more
holding power than those parallel to the grain.
44
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
DIMENSIONS OF HEADS
(Standard Wood Screws)
N
:c
*-
" *
-C
Oi
\
^
s
4-
? s ,
>iN
-
i V
/
>
V
XT
<-J
r...
— >
1
-r-
Num-
ber of
Screw
Gauge
A
Dia.
in
ins.
Flat Head
Round Head
B
C
E
F
B
C
E
F
0
.0578
.1105
.0303
.025
.0161
.1060
.0524
.025
.0314
1
.0710
.1368
.0378
.027
.0126
.1302
.0598
.027
.0359
2
.0842
.1631
.0454
.030
.0151
.1544
.0672
.030
.0403
3
.0973
.1894
.0530
.032
.0177
.1786
.0746
.032
.0448
4
.1105
.2158
.0605
.034
.0202
.2028
.0820
.034
.0492
5
.1236
.2421
.0681
.036
.0227
.2270
.0894.
.036
.0536
6
.1368
.2684
.0757
.039
.0252
.2512
.0968
.039
.0580
7
.1500
.2947
.0832
.041
.0277
.2754
.1042
.041
.0625
8
.1631
.3210
.0908
.043
.0303
.2996
.1116
.043
.0670
9
.1763
.3474
.0984
.045
.0328
.3238
.1190
.045
.0714
10
.1894
.3737
.1059
.048
.0353
.3480
.1264
.048
.0758
11
.2020
.4000
.1135
.050
.0378
.3701
.1338
.050
.0803
12
.2158
.4263
.1210
.052
.0403
.3922
.1412
.052
.0847
13
.2289
.4526
.1286
.054
.0429
.4143
.1486
.054
.0891
14
.2421
.4790
.1362
.057
.0454
.4364
.1560
.057
.0936
15
.2552
.5053
.1438
.059
.0479
.4585
.1634
.059
.0980
16
.2684
.5316
.1513
.061
.0504
.4806
.1708
.061
.1024
17
.2816
.5579
.1589
.063
.0530
.5027
.1782
.063
.1069
18
.2947
.5842
.1665
.066
.0555
.5248
.1856
.066
.1114
20
.3210
.6368
.1816
.070
.0605
.5690
.2004
.070
.1202
22
.3474
.6865
.1967
.075
.0656
.6106
.2152
.075
.1291
24
.3737
.7421
.2118
.079
.0706
. 6522.
.2300
.079
.1380
26
.4000
.7948
.2270
.084
.0757
.6938
.2448
.084
.1469
28
.4263
.8474
.2421
.088
.0807
.7354
.2596
.088
. 1558
30
.4526
.9000
.2573
.093
.0858
.7770
.2744
.093
.1646
[Am. Screw Co., Prov., R. I.]
FASTENINGS
45
CO CO "*< Tj< iO O
\N
-K
i-t i-H IM C<1 IN <N CO CO ^f •* »C CO
i-H i-H JJ^ (N (N IN (N CO CO
^IJ''-1 N <N IN IN CO CO
JJJ^ <N <N IN <N CO CO
i-H i-l^i-'IN (N C<l IN COCO
00 »
* s
^
Number
Screw Ga
46
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
CAP SCREWS
FLAT FILLISTER OR ROUND HEAD
OVAL FILLISTER HEAD
D
andC
A
Threads
per in.
E
F
G
H
R
Hi
5
40
.032
^6
¥4
¥4
H
34
M
24
.040
V*
¥2
7/i2
%
U
H
20
.064
J4
¥2
9^2
1A
54
74
18
.072
%
H
2¥4
%
H
94
16
.091
¥2
%
15^2
%
7^
N
14
.102
%
i^jj
K
H
K
M
13
.114
H
34
94
i1^
94
134
12
.114
¥4
%
41/64
IK
N
Ji
11
.128
•^2
15^
4%
1M
M
1
10
.133
/16
9^2
27^2
IK
7^
IK
9
.133
74
2¥4
6¥4
IK
1
IK
8
.165
K
H
IK
w
SQUARE AND HEXAGON HEADS
Dia. of screw .
Dia. of sq. head ...
Dia. of hex. head. .
Height of sq. and
hex. heads. . .
M
IK
FASTENINGS
47
CAP SCREWS — Continued
BUTTON HEAD
FLAT OR COUNTERSUNK HEAD
D
E
R
H
K
l1^6
1 16
035
,051
,072
.091
.102
.114
.114
.114
.133
.133
lo*
1H
On all screws of 1 inch and less in diameter, and 4. inches long
and under, threads are cut three quarters of the length. Longer
than 4 inches, threads are cut one-half of length. Cap screws are
also made with hexagon heads. For number of threads per inch, see
table, page 46.
[Atlas Bolt & Screw Co., Cleveland, Ohio.]
HANGER SCREWS
Dias. %", 74", 1A", 5/8", %", Y*>* 1". Overall lengths from
1" up, advancing by 1A"-
48
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
rH i-H i-l IM (N (N
FASTENINGS
SET SCREWS
49
H.5
D = cia. of screw.
Dia. of screw
x
5xi6
y*
X
1A
9xf6
fc
k
K
1
•1H
IK
12
or
Threads per inch . .
20
18
16
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
7
May be obtained with conical, dog, oval, cup or flat points. See page 42.
SAFETY OR SOCKET SET SCREWS
Dias in ins.
Length ins.
U. S. Standard
Threads per in.
%
5/8
20
18
16
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
[Hartford Mach. Screw Co., Hartford, Conn.]
50 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
THUMB SCREWS
SHOULDER
PLAIN
Dia.
Threads
per inch
A
B
c
D
E*
G*
3/fe
24
H
L£
%
X
N
|^
5»
20
i
H
M
l/8
7^
/^2
/ie
18
i^
5/.
9/1
/^2
iHs
16
IK
!/k
^
%
5^
L/
?/6
14
i^
l
7/ie
%
»
%
13
1M
ix
«
X
%
X
E and G apply only to shoulder thumb screws.
LENGTH OF SCREWS
Dia.
Length
n
FASTENINGS
51
COACH OR LAG SCREWS
Cone or gimlet points. Screws with gimlet points can be obtained
from %>" to %" dia. Square or hexagon head?.
Diameter of Screw (Inches)
Approx-
imate
length
of thread
for all
diam-
eters
M & 5/fe
H
7/r6
^
^6*^
M
«
1
IX
1M
Length under head to point (inches)
^
JH
3^
^
VA
3
3J4
IH
2
2^
3
3^
2^
i^
3^
2
!«
-3M
|H
3H
3
3>i
3^
5
.M
6^
6
6J^
To head
P
2J€
2H
3
3J^
4
4J-3
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
4^
5
5^
6
4^
5
5K
l«
jM
6J^
«
5*
6K
JM
53^
6
6J^
4^
5
5^
6
63^
4^
5
5^
6
6^
gM
5H
6J^
IH
9
73^
8
9
10
11
12
7J^
8
9
10
11
12
7K
9
10
11
12
^
9
10
11
12
^
9
10
11
12
IK
9
10
11
12
7y2
8
9
10
11
12
Threads per inch
10
7
7
6
5
^A
4K
3
3
3
Size of heads (square and hexagon)
y8 »/6
%
21^
M
n/6 15xf6
iy*
I'M'e
1M
l"/f6
IK
Width
across
flats
v* '%
%
21^i
H
2% 15^2
%
2W2
«
2%
15^6
Thick-
ness
52
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
.
Q
ssss;
i —i 01 n -t< to t» oo
>**<Tj<^Tt<iQiOcO«Or-l-r^
>OOOOOOOOOOO
CCfO^T}HTj<lOOC
OOOOOOO
_> t"- 00 <_
wo^C5'-iTr<;c>obOTt<o6cot--'-Hioc
i-l!-iT-lrH<N<NOlO4COe<300Tt<'<!jiiOlOU^5OC<5t-^
) 00 <N CO O 1C O •«* C
I-H rH M M (N M <
l<N(NCOCOCQ-<J*-5<iOiO(C«3Sb.k
iOt-O<NiOt^-O(NiOOiC<
r-H^-i(NC^(N<MCOfOfOTjiTt<i
OOOOOOOOOOOC
T'--i-<
COOOCOCOCC^Tjt^r^iOiOCOCO^t-l
1C CO O 00 ^C (
Tfi 10 co CD i*— c
<NCCTfiCOb.OOO5O<NrJ<COOOOiM-<*<COQOO
FASTENINGS
53
STANDARD MACHINE SCREW — THREADS PER INCH AND SIZE
OF DRILL
*s>
IS
ooO
Dia. of
body
ins.
Threads
per in.
No.
of
drill
Size of
drill
ins.
f£ bfl
s §
020
Dia. of
body
ins.
Threads
per in.
No.
of
drill
Size of
drill
ins.
2
.0842
48, 56, 64
49
.0730
14
.2421
18, 20, 24
13
.1850
3
.0973
48,56
45
.0820
16
.2684
16, 18, 20
6
.2040
4
.1105
32, 36, 40
42
.0935
18
.2947
16, 18, 20
1
.2280
5
.1236
32, 36, 40
38
.1015
20
.3210
16,18
D
.246
6
.1368
30, 32, 36
35
.1100
22
.3474
16,18
J
.277
7
.1500
30,32
30 .
.1285
24
.3737
14, 16, 18
N
.302
8
.1631
30, 32, 36
29
.1360
26
.4000
14,16
P
.323
9
.1763
24, 30, 32
27
.1440
28
.4263
14,16
R
.339
10
.1894
24, 30, 32
25
.1495
30
.4526
14,16
U
.368
12
.2158
20,24
17
.1730
COLLAR SCREWS
Threads
per in.
D
E
M
H
IK
18
16
14
13
11
10
9
8
7
6
1A
814
i$
[Cincinnati Bickford Tool Co., Cincinnati, Ohio]
Lengths from %" to 6^" advancing by
54
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
UPSET SCREW ENDS FOR ROUND BARS
Diam-
eter
of
Bar
Area
of
Body
of
Bar
Diam-
eter
of
Screw
Length
of
Upset
Area
at
Root
of
Thread
Number
of
Threads
Inch
Weight
per
Foot of
Steel
Bar
Add
for
Upset
Excess of
Area at
Root of
Thread over
that of
Body of Bar
A
B
C
Inches
Sq. Ins.
Inches
Inches
Sq. Ins.
Pounds
Inches
Per Cent
1A
.196
' M
4K
• .302
10
.668
63^
54
.249
/€
4M
.302
10
.845
4M
21
5//
.307
1A
.420
9
1.043
5/^1
37
n/i6
.371
1
4H
.550
8
1.262
6M
48
%
.442
1
41^
.550
8
1.502
4^
25
13/ie
.519
l/^
4/4
.694
7
1.763
53/!2
34
Y*
.601
1/4
4%
.893
7
2.044
6M
49
%
.690
\\^
43/
.893
7
2.347
4>2
29
1
.785
m
5
1.057
6
2.670
5M
35
iv^.
.887
IX
5
1.057
6
3.014
4}^
19
li/g
.994
5
1.295
6
3.379
4%
30
134
1.108
i*l
5
1.295
6
3.766
17
IK
1.227
15A
5K
1.515
. 5i^
4.173
41^
23
l5/ie
1.353
5/€
1.744
5
4.600
5
29
I/is
1.485
1/4
5/4
1.744
5
5.049
4
18
156
1.623
ij|
5^
2.048
5
5.518
4%
26
iH
1.767
2
5K
2.302
4^
6.008
5M
30
1%5
1.918
2
5^
2.302
41^
6.520
43^
20
l/^
2.074
2^8
5%
2.650
41^
7.051
5
28
i"4
2.237
aj|
2.650
4«
7.604
4M
18
FASTENINGS
UPSET SCREW ENDS FOR ROUND BARS — Continued
55
Diam-
eter
of
Bar
Area
of
Body
of
Bar
Diam-
eter
of
Screw
Length
of
Upset
Area
at
Root
of
Thread
Number
of
Threads
per
Inch
Weight
per
Foot of
Steel
Bar
Add
for
Upset
Excess of
Area at
Root of
Thread over
that of
Body of Bar
A
B
c
Inches
Sq. Ins.
Inches
Inches
Sq. Ins.
Pounds
Inches
Per Cent
IX
2.405
234
53/4
3.023
43^
8.178
4%
26
We
2.580
234
5/4
3.023
43^2
8.773
4
17
1%
2.761
6
3.419
43l2
9.388
43^
24
2.948
23^
6
3.715
4
10.020
5
26
2
3.142
2\/2
6
3.715
4
10.68
434
18
2Vle
3.341
2/^
634
4.155
4
11.36
4%
24
23/s
3.547
2/^
634
4.155
4
12.06
4
17
2%
3.758
2%
4.619
4
12.78
43^
23
2^
3.976
2VB
63^
5.108
4
13.52
534
28
4.200
2%
6/^2
5.108
4
14.28
43^
22
23/g
4.430
3
6/4
5.428
33/£
15.07
434
23
2^6
4.666
3K
6%
5.957
33-i
15.86
53^
28
23^
4.909
3H
6^x4
5.957
33^
16.69
4^4
21
29'je
5.157
6/4
6.510
33^
17.53
534
26
2/<s
5.412
334
6/4
6.510
3/4
18.40
4/1
20
2%
5.673
7
7.087
31A
19.29
5
25
234
5.940
33/8
7
7.087
31A
20.20
43^2
19
2%
6.213
3/4
7
7.548
334
21.12
4/4
22
6.492
35^
734
8.171
334
22.07
534
26
2154
6.777
3^8
734
8.171
334
23.04
454
21
3
7.069
S3^
734
8.641
3
24.03
5
22
33^
7.670
3jl
73/2
9.305
3
26.08
534
21
334
8.296
4
7/^
9.993
3
28.20
434
20
8.946
4K
7M
10.706
3
30.42
454
20
3^
9.621
434
8
11.329
2%
32.71
43^
18
10.321
43^
8
12.743
23/
35.09
534
23
3/4
11.045
45^
834
13.544
23/
37.56
23
3J?
11.793
43-4
14.220
25^
40.10
5 4
21
4
12.566
5
8K2
15.763
2^
42.73
534
25
56
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
UPSET SCREW ENDS FOR SQUARE BARS
Side of
Diam-
Length
Excess of
Square
Bar
A
Area of
Body
of Bar
eter of
Screw
of
Upset
Area at
Root of
Thread
STumber
of
Threads
per Inch
Weight
per Foot
of Steel
Bar
Adcf
for
Upset
Area at
Root of
Thread
Over that of
Body of Bar
B
C
Inches
Sq. Ins.
Inches
Inches
Sq. Ins.
Pounds
Inches
Per Cent
N
.250
K
4M
.302
10
.850
4
21
%>
.316
H
4/^
.420
9
1.076
5
33
fs
.391
i
4^
.550
8
1.328
5/4
41
.473
i
4Ji
.550
8
1.607
m
17
%
.563
1^8
434
.694
7
1.913
43^
23
13/g
.660
IK
4%
.893
7
2.245
5
35
ys
.766
5
.057
6
2.603
5/4
38
.879
1%
5
.057
6
2.989
434
20
i
1.000
11A
5
.295
6
3.400
434
29
lVi6
1.129
1/^j
5;/€
.515
O /v
3.838
51^
34
\y%
1.266
i^i
5/4
.515
O/2
4.303
4/4
20
134
1.410
IK
5M
.744
5
4.795
434
24
1M
1.563
i%
51^
2.048
5
5.312
534
31
!5/i6
1.723
ij^
53^
2.048
5
5.851
4/4
19
W
1.891
2
53^2
2.302
43^2
'6.428
43^2
22
174
2.066
2^
5%
2.650
43^
7.026
5M
28 t
iy2
2.250
23-8
5/4
2.650
43/2
7.650
4J4
18
2.441
2/4
5/4
3.023
43/2
8.300
4/^
24
1%
2.641
23/8
6
3.419
4M
8.978
5
30
1%
2.848
2^
6
3.419
43^
9.682
4M
20
194
3.063
2^
6
3.715
4
10.410
43^
21
I13/f6
3.285
2/^8
6M
4.155
4
11.170
5
26
1J/6
3.516
2^
6/4
4.155
4
11.950
4M
18
1154
3.754
2%
6M
4.619
4
12.760
23
FASTENINGS
UPSET SCREW ENDS FOR SQUARE BARS — Continued
57
Side of
Square
Bar
Area
of
Body
of Bar
Diam-
eter of
Screw
Unph
Upset
Area at
Root of
Thread
Number
of
Threads
per Inch
Weight
per Foot
of Bar
Add
for
Upset
Excess of
Area at
Root of
Threap
Over that of
Body of Bar
A
B
C
Inches
Sq. Ins.
Inches
Inches
Sq. Ins.
Pounds
Inches
Per Cent
2
4.000
2%
6^
5.108
4
13.60
5
28
2^6
4.254
2^
6^
5.108
4
14.46
4^
20
2YS
4.516
3
6>2
5.428
3^
15.35
4^
20
2%
4.785
3^
6%
5.957
3^
16.27
5
24
2^
5.063
3H
6%
5.957
3K
17.22
4^
18
2%
5.348
3^
6%
6.510
3M
18.19
4%
22
VA
5.641
3^
7
7.087
3^
19.18
5M
26
27/f6
5.941
3^
7
7.087
3^
20.20
4^
19
2^
6.250
3^
7
7.548
3^
21.25
4M
21
2^6
6.566
3^
7M
8.171
3J4
22.33
5M
24
2^
6.891
3^
7M
8.171
3M
23.43
4^
19
2n4
7.223
3M
7M
8.641
3
24.56
4M
20
2M
7.563
3%
7^
9.305
3
25.71
5M
23
2%
7.910
3^
7^
9.305
3
26.90
4H
18
2^
8.266
4
7^
9.993
3
28.10
4%
21
216/J6
8.629
4>i
7H
10.706
3
29.34
5
24
3
9.000
4>g
7%
10.706
3
30.60
4^
19
3H
9.766
4^
8
12.087
VA
33.20
5&
24
3^€
10.563
4^
8
12.743
2M
35.92
5
21
3^
11.391
4^
8M
13.544
2M
38.73
5
19
3J4
12.250
4^
8^
15.068
2^
41.65
5^
23
3^
13.141
5
8^
15.763
2^
44.68
5M
20
3%
14.063
5^
8M
16.658
2^
47.82
5
18
3Ji
15.016
5M
8fJ
17.572
2M
51.05
4M
17
4
16.000
5^
9
19.267
2^
54.40
5M
20
The weight of steel in round and square bars (pages 54 and 56)
is 486.9 Ib. per cu. ft, or .28 Ib. per cu. in.
58
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
THREADS FOR BOLTS, NUTS, SCREWS AND PIPE
DEFINITIONS
(National Screw Thread Commission, Washington, D. C.)
Screw Thread. — A ridge of uniform section wound in the form of
a helix on the inside or outside surface of a cylinder or cone.
Screw Helix. — The path of a point moving at a uniform angular
rate on a cylindrical or conical surface and at the same time mov-
ing at a uniform axial rate.
Major Diameter (formerly known as outside diameter). — The
largest diameter of the thread on the screw or nut. The term
major diameter replaces the term outside diameter as applied to
the thread of a screw and also the term full diameter as applied to
the thread of a nut.
Minor Diameter (formerly known as core diameter) . — The small-
est diameter of the thread on the screw or nut. The term minor
diameter replaces the term core diameter as applied to the thread
of a screw and also the term inside diameter as applied to the
thread of a nut.
Pitch Diameter. — fOn a straight screw thread the diameter of an
imaginary cylinder which would pass through the threads at such
points as to make the width of the threads and the width of the
spaces cut by the surface of the cylinder equal.
Single
Double
Triple
Quadruple
Pitch. — The distance from a point on a screw thread to a corre-
sponding point on the next thread measured parallel to the axis.
Pitch = ,-= r FTT — 3 — r-
JN umber 01 threads per inch.
Lead. — The distance a screw thread advances axially in one
turn. On a single thread screw, the lead and pitch are identical;
on a double thread screw the lead is twice the pitch, on a triple
thread screw the lead is three times the pitch, etc.
FASTENINGS
59
' Angle of Thread. — The angle included between the sides of the
thread measured in an axial plane.
Helix angle. — The angle made by the helix of the thread at the
pitch diameter with a plane perpendicular to the axis.
Crest. — The top surface joining the two sides of a thread.
Root. — The bottom surface joining the siaes of two adjacent
threads.
. Crest Clearance. — Defined on a screw form as the space between
the top of a thread and the root of its mating thread.
Fit. — The relation between two mating parts with reference to
ease of assembly, for example:
Wrench fit
Close fit
Medium fit
Loose fit
The quality of fit is dependent upon both the relative size and
the quality of finish of the mating parts.
THREADS FOR BOLTS AND NUTS
United States Standard
pitch
1
No. thds. per in.
d = depth = p X .64952
f
flat . |
Area in Sqi
iare Inches
Tensile
Working
Dia.
No. of
Threads
per Inch
Dia. at
Root of
Thread
Dia.
of Tap
Drill
Bolt
Bottom
of Thread
Strength
at Stress of
6000 Ibs.
per Sq. In.
Strength
at Stress
of 6000
Ibs. per
Sq. In.
X
54
«
74
20
18
16
14
0.185
0.240
0.294
0.345
134
H
|
0.049
0.076
0.110
0.150
0.026
0.045
0.068
0.093
160
270
410
560
2
13
0.400
27^
0.196
0.126
760
94
12
0.454
15^2
0.248
0.162
1000
H
H
%
11
10
9
0.507
0.620
0.731
17^2
4$
»
0.307
0.442
0.601
0.202
0.302
0.419
1210
1810
2520
260
680
1210
(Continued on page 60)
60
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
THREADS FOR BOLTS AND NUTS — Continued
United States Standard
Dia.
No. of
Threads
per Inch
Dia. at
Root of
Thread
Dia.
of Tap
Drill
Area in Square Inches
Tensile
Strength
at Stress of
6000 Ibs.
per Sq. In.
Working
Strength
at Stress
of 6000
Ibs. per
Sq. In.
Bolt
Bottom
of Thread
1
8
0.838
5%
0.785
0.551
3300
1790
ijjj
7
0.939
%
0.994
0.694
4160
2470
1H
6
1.064
1%
1.227
0.893
5350
3470
i%
6
1.158
17^2
1.485
1.057
6340
4260
iy2
6
1.283
l11^
1.767
1.295
7770
5500
l*A
51A
.389
12%
1.074
1.515
9090
6630
i%
5
.490
117^2
2.405
1.746
10470
7830
IH
5
.615
121^2
2.761
2.051
moo
9470
2
4^
.711
14V4
3.142
2.302
13800
10800
2^
4^
.961
2^4
3.976
3.023
18100
14700
2^
4
2.175
215^4
4.909
3.719
22300
18500
2M
4
2.425
231^4
5.940
4.602
27700
23600
3
3>i
2.629
2%
7.069
5.428
32500
28000
3M
3^
2.879
215^6
8.296
6.510
39000
34100
3H
3M
3.100
3n^
9.621
7.548
45300
40000
3M
3
3.317
3^
11.045
8.641
51800
45000
4
3
3.567
354
12.566
9.963
59700
50100
4M
2^
3.798
327^2
14.186
11.340
68000
58000
43^
2^
4.028
4%
15.904
12.750
76500
66000
4M
2^
4.255
45/f6
17.721
14.215
85500
74000
5
2^
4.480
49/f6
19.635
15.760
94000
82500
5^
2^
4.730
4134
21.648
17.570
105500
93000
5^
2^i
4.953
5&
23.758
19.260
116000
103000
5M
2^
5.203
5%
25.967
21.250
127000
114000
6
2M
5.423
5^
28.274
23.090
138000
124000
Tap drill sizes given provide for a slight clearance at the root of thread to facilitate
tapping and reduce tap breakage. Where full threads are required use the diam-
eters specified for root of thread.
V Threads
p = pitch = Number Of threads per in.
d = depth = p X .866
1
FASTENINGS
61
Whitworth Threads
(Standard in Great Britain)
p = pitch =
d = depth =
r = radius =
1
Number of threads per in.
p X .64033
p X .1373
Diameter
Ins.
Threads
per in.
Diameter
at Root of
Thread
1
&
Diameter
Ins.
Threads
per Inch
Diameter
at Root of
Thread
§
1
\i
20
.186
.0069
IK
43^
1.590
.0305
5/ie
^L8
".241
.0076
2
4/^2
1.715
.0305
3^
16
.295
.0086
2/4
4
1.930
.0343
7/16
14
.346
.0098
2^1
4
2.180
.0343
1A
12
.393
.0114
2%
Z1A
2.384
.0393
12
.456
.0114
3
3^2
2.634
.0393
%
11
.508
.0125
3/4
3M
2.856
.0422
%
10
.622
.0137
3)1
3.105
.0422
Vs
9
.732
.0152
3M
3
3.320
.0458
1
8
.840
.0176
4
3
3.573
.0458
1^8
7
.942
.0196
4/^
2K
4.0546
.0477
1M
7
1.067
.0196
5
2%
4.5343
.0499
IH
6
1.161
.0229
^A
2^
5.0121
.0523
m
6
1.286
.0229
6
5.4877
.0549
5
1.368
.0275
IK
5
1.494
.0275
British Standard Fine Threads
British standard fine threads have the same form as Whitworth,
62 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
but in the British there are more threads per inch.
Dia.
Threads
per in.
Dia.
Threads
per in.
Dia.
Threads
per in.
y±
26
%
16
1
10
%2
26
5A
14
IK
9
%
22
14
1/4
9
3 /
20
%
12
111
8
•^16
18
12
IK
8
2
16
Ys
11
British Association Standard Thread (B. A. £.)
(Used for small screws)
Brit.
Dia.
Pitch
Dia. at
Brit.
Dia.
Pitch
Dia. at
Ass'n
root of
Ass'n
root of
Num-
thread
Num-
thread
ber
Ins.
Mm.
Ins.
Mm.
Mm.
ber
Ins.
Mm.
Ins.
Mm.
Mm.
0
.236
6.0
.0394
1.00
4.8
13
.047
1.20
.0098
.23
.90
1
.209
5.3
.0354
.90
4.22
14
.039
1.00
.0091
.23
.72
2
.185
4.7
.0319
.81
3.73
15
.035
.90
.0083
.21
.65
3
.101
4.1
.0287
.73
3.22
16
.031
.79
.0075
.19
.56
4
.142
3.6
.0260
.66
2.81
17
.028
.70
.0067
.n
.50
5
.126
3.2
.0232
.59
2.49
18
.024
.62
.0059
.15
.44
6
.110
2.8
.0209
.53
2.16
19
.021
.54
.0055
.14
.37
7
.098
2.5
.0189
.48
1.92
20
.019
.48
.0047
.12
.34
8
.087
2.2
.0169
.43
1.68
21
.017
.42
.0043
.11
.29
9
.075
1.9
.0154
.39
1.43
22
.015
.37
.0039
.10
.25
10
.067
1.7
.0138
.35
1.28
23
.013
.33
.0035
.09
.22
11
.059
1.5
.0122
.31
1.13
24
.011
.29
.0031
.08
19
12
.051
1.3
.0110
.28
.96
25
.010
.25
.0028
.07
.17
FASTENINGS
French (Metric} Standard Thread
63
p = pitch
d = depth = p X .64952
Diameter
Mm.
Pitch
Mm.
Diameter
Mm.
Pitch
Mm.
Diameter
Mm.
Pitch
Mm.
3
0.5
16
2.0
36
2.0
4
0.75
18
2.5
38
4.0
5
0.75
20
2.5
40
4.0
6
.0
22
2.5
42
4.5
7
.0
24
3.0
44
4. -5
8
.0
26
3.0
46
4.5
9
.0
28
3.0
48
5.0
10
.5
> 30
3.5
50
5.0
12
1.5
32
3.5
52
5.0
14
2.0
34
3.5
56
£.5
Dia.
Ina.
+>
Threads
per in.
Dia.
root of
thread
Dia.
Ina.
Threads
per in.
Dia.
root of
thread
Dia.
Ins.
Threads
per in.
Dia.
root of
thread
1A
10
.162
5/*
5H
.466
1
4
.781
%
9
.215
%
5
.512
iy*
3^
.875
H
8
.265
H
5
.575
IK
3M
1.000
%
7
.312
%
4^
.618
IN
3
1.083
«
6^
.365
7/8
4^
.680
IK
3
1.208
%
6
.416
15/i6
4
.718
iti
2M
1.307
64
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Buttress Thread
Q
p = pitch
root dia. D
x — -£
Buttress thread takes load in one direction.
Acme Thread
w
Comparison, of Acme and
Square Threads*
p = pitch
d = depth = .5p + .01 in.
flat top f
flat bottom =
.3707p
.3707p— .0052 in.
Number of
Threads
per In.
Pitch of
Single
Thread
Depth of
Thread
Width at
Top of
Thread
Width at
Bottom of
Thread
Space at
Top of
Thread
Thickness
at Root of
Thread
1
1.000
.5100
.3707
.3655
.6293
.6345
IK
.750*
.3850
.2780
.2728
.4720
.4772
2 -
.500
.2600
.1853
.1801
.3147
.3199
3
.333
.1767
.1235
.1183
.2098
.2150
4
.250
.1350
.0927
.0875
.1573
.1625
5
.200
.1100
.0741
.0689
.1250
.1311
6
.166
.0933
.0618
.0566
.1049
.1101
7
.142
.0814
.0529
.0478
.0899
.0951
8
.125
.0725
.0463
.0411
.0787
.0839
9
.111
.0655
.0413
.0361
.0699
.0751
10
.100
.0600
.0371
.0319
.0629
.0681
FASTENINGS
65
S. A. E. Standard Thread
Society of Automotive Engineers (S. A. E.) standard thread has
the United States standard form, but has more threads per inch.
n = number of threads per inch
p = pitch = -
d = depth = p X .6495
f = flat =
.6495
Diameter
Decimal
Equivalent
Threads
Basic Pitch
Root
(d)
Depth of
Thread
Ins.
Outside
per Inch
Diameter
Diameter
6495
Diameter
n
H
.250
28
.2269
.2038
.0231
YK
.3125
24
.2855
.2585
.0270
H
.375
24
.3480
.3210
.0270
V* '
.4375
20
.4050
.3725
.0325
y*
.500
20
.4675
.4350
.0325 -
%
.5625
18
.5264
.4903
.0361
%
.625
18
.5889
.5528
.0361
%
.6875
16
.6469
.6063
.0406
H
.750
16
.7094
.6688
.0406
%
.8750
14
.8286
.7822
.0464
YB
.875
18
.8389
.8028
.0361
1.000
14
.9536
.9072
.0464
ll/8
1.125
12
1.0709
1.0168
.0541
IK
1.250
12
1.1959
1.1418
.0541
1%
1.375
12
1.3209
1.2668
.0541
U4
1.500
12
1.4459
1.3918
.0541
66 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Threads Recommended by National Screw Thread Commission, Wash-
ington, D. C.
[1919-1920]
Symbols. — For using formulae for expressing relations of screw
threads and for use on drawings the following list should be used.
For definitions see page 58
Major diameter D
(corresponding radius) d
Pitch diameter E
(corresponding radius) e
Minor diameter K
(corresponding radius) k
Angle of thread A
(One-half angle of thread) a
Number of turns per inch N
"threads " " n
K»d ' . P = l -.'C •
Pitch or thread interval p = -
Helix angle s
T>
Tangent of helix angle S =
3.1416 X E
Width of basic flat at top, crest or root F
Depth of basic truncation f
" " sharp V thread H
" " National (U.S.) form of thread h
Included angle of taper Y
(One-half included angle of taper) y
The basis of the system is the initial letters of the series, pre-
ceded by the diameter in inches (or the screw number) and number
of threads per inch, all in Arabic characters, followed by the classi-
fication of fit in Roman numerals.
Examples Mark
National Coarse Thread System. To spe- 1" — 8 — NC I
cify a threaded part 1 inch diameter, 8
threads per inch, Class one fit.
National Fine Thread System. Threaded 1 * — 14 — N F III
part 1" diameter, 14 threads per inch,
Class three fit.
FASTENINGS 67
Threads Recommended by National Screw Thread Commission, Wash-
ington, D. C. — Continued
[1919-1920]
National Form, Special Pitch. Threaded 1 ' — 12 — N — IV
part 1" diameter, 12 threads per inch,
Class four fit.
Form of Thread. — The national form of thread profile, known
previously as the United States Standard or Sellers' Profile, is rec-
ommended by the Commission (National Screw Thread Commis-
sion, Washington, D. C.) and shall hereafter be known as the Na-
tional Form of Thread.
a. Where Used. — The national form shall be used for all screw
thread work except when otherwise specified for special pur-
poses.
b. Specifications. — The basic angle of thread (A) between the
sides of the thread measured in an axial plane shall be 60 degs.
The line bisecting this 60 deg. angle shall be perpendicular to the
axis of the screw thread.
The basic flat at the root and crest of the thread form will be
Y* X p.. The basic depth of the thread form will be .649519 X p
_ .649519
n
Where p = pitch in inches.
n = number of threads per inch.
c. Clearance in Nut. — (1) Clearance at minor diameter. — A
clearance shall be provided at the minor diameter of the nut by
removing the thread form at the crest by an amount equal to
Y§ to % of the basic thread depth. (2) Clearance at major
diameter. — A clearance at the major diameter of the nut shall
be provided by decreasing the depth of the truncation triangle
by an amount equal to ^ to % of its theoretical value.
Thread Series Recommended. — National Coarse Threads and
National Fine Threads. The National Coarse Threads (see Table
1) are recommended for general use in engineering work, in ma-
chine construction where conditions are favorable to the use of bolts,
screws and other threaded components where quick and easy assem-
bly of the parts is desired, and for all work where conditions do not
require the use of fine pitch threads.
68 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
TABLE 1 — NATIONAL COARSE THREAD SERIES
Identification
Basic Diameters
Thread Data
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Metric
Num-
n
D
E
K
Equivalent
p
h
bered
Number
Major
Pitch
Minor
of Major
Pitch
Depth of
and
of
Dia.
Dia.
Dia.
Dia.
Thread
Frac-
Threads
. * ** _
tional
per In.
Sizes
In.
In.
In.
Mm.
In.
In.
1
64
0.073
0.0629
0.0527
1.854
0.0156250
0.0101
2
56
0.086
0.0744
0.0628
2.184
0.0178572
0.0116
3
48
0.099
0.0855
0.0719
2.515
0.0208333
0.0135
4
40
0.112
0.0958
0.0795
2.845
0.0250000
0.0162
5
40
0.125
0.1088
0.0925
3.175
0.0250000
0.0162
6
32
0.138
0.1177
0.0974
3.505
0.0312500
0.0203
8
32
0.164
0.1437
0.1234
4.156
0.0312500
0.0203
10
24
0.190
0.1629
0.1359
4.826
0.0416667
0.0271
12
24
0.216
0.1889
0.1619
5.486
0.0416667
0.0271
H
20
0.2500
0.2175
0.1850
6.350
0.0500000
0.0325
Y*
18
0.3125
0.2764
0.2403
7.938
0.0555556
0.0361
7/8
16
0.3750
0.3344
0.2938
9.525
0.0625000
0.0406
14
0.4375
0.3911
0.3447
11.11
0.0714286
0.0464
H
13
0.5000
0.4500
0.4001
12.69
0.0769231
0.0500
%
12
0.5625
0.5084
0.4542
14.29
0.0833333
0.0541
*A
11
0.6250
0.5659
0.5069
15.88
0.0909091
0.0590
H
10
0.7500
0.6850
0.6201
19.05
0.1000000
0.0650
H
9
0.8750
0.8028
0.7307
22.22
0.1111111
0.0722
l
8
1.0000
0.9188
0.8376
25.40
0.1250000
0.0812
l\i
7
1.1250
1.0322
0.9394
28.58
0.1428572
0.0928
W±
7
1.2500
1 . 1572
1.0644
31.75
0.1428572
0.0928
VA
6
1.5000
1.3917
1.2835
38.10
0.1666667
0.1083
1%
5
1.7500
1.6201
1.4902
44.45
0.2000000
0.0299
2
4H
2.0000
1.8557
1.7113
50.80
0.2222222
0.1443
VA
4^
2.2500
2.1057
1.9613
57.15
0.2222222
0.1443
21A
4
2.5000
2.3376
2.1752
63.50
0.2500000
0.1624
2M
4
2.7500
2.5876
2.4252
69.85
0.2500000
0.1624
3
4
3.0000
2.8376
2.6752
76.20
0.2500000
0.1624
The National Fine Threads (see Table 2) are recommended for
general use in automotive and aircraft work, for use where the de-
FASTENINGS
69
sign requires both strength and reduction in weight, and where
special conditions require a fine thread, as for instance, on large
sizes where sufficient force cannot be secured to set properly a
screw or bolt of coarse pitch, by exerting on an ordinary wrench
the strength of a man. The form of thread for coarse and fine
threads is the same as outlined in the paragraph Form of Thread.
National Form of Thread for Minimum Nut and Maximum Screws
In the figure no allowance is shown. This condition exists in
Class II. Medium Fit where both the minimum nut and the maxi-
mum screw are basic.
Notation
= 60C
= 30C
P = —
n
H
h
5/eh
F
f
.866025p
.649519p
.541266p
. 125000p
. 108253p
VtH
Veh
Angle of thread.
One-half angle of thread.
/
Pitch
Number of threads per inch.
Depth of 60° sharp V thread.
" " standard form thread.
Width of flat at crest and root of standard form.
Depth of truncation.
70
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
TABLE 2 — NATIONAL FINE THREAD SERIES
Identification
Basic Diameters
Thread Data
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Metric
Num-
n
D
E
K
Equivalent
p
h
bered
Number
Major
Pitch
Minor
of Major
Pitch
Depth of
and
of
Dia.
Dia.
Dia.
Dia.
Thread
Frac-
Threads
tional
per In.
Sizes
In.
In.
In.
Mm.
In.
In.
0
80
0.060
0.0519
0.0438
1.524
0.0125000
0.00812
1
72
0.073
0.0640
0.0550
1.854
0.0138889
0.00902
2
64
0.086
0.0759
0.0657
2.184
0.0156250
0.01014
3
56
0.099
0.0874
0.0758
2.515
0.0178571
0.01160
4
48
0.112
0.0985
0.0849
2.845
0.0208333
0.01353
5
44
0.125
0.1102
0.0955
3.175
0.0227273
0.01476
6
40
0.138
0.1218
0.1055
3.506
0.0250000
0.01624
8
36
0.164
0.1460
0.1279
4.166
0.0277778
0.01804
10
32
0.190
0.1697
0.1494
4.826
0.0312500
0.02030
12
28
0.216
0.1928
0.1696
5.486
0.0357143
0.02319
' M
28
0.250
0.2268
0.2036
6.350
0.0357143
0.02319
%
24
0.3125
0.2854
0.2584
7.938
0.0416667
0.02706
y*
24
0.3750
0.3479
0.3209
9.525
0.0416667
0.02706
%
20
0.4375
0.4050
0.3726
11.11
0.0500000
0.03248
H
20
0.5000
0.4675
0.4350
12.70
0.0500000
0.03248
%
18
0.5625
0.5264
0.4903
14.29
0.0555556
0.03608
5A
18
0.6250
0.5889
0.5528
15.88
0.0555556
0.03608
%
16
0.7500
0.7094
0.6688
19.05
0.0625000
0.04060
%
14
0.8750
0.8286
0.7822
22.22
0.0714286
0.04640
1
14
1.0000
0.9536
0.9072
25.40
0.0714286
0.04640
m
12
1.1250
1.0709
1.0168
28.57
0.0833333
0.05413
ik
12
1.2500
1.1959
1.1418
31.75
0.0833333
0.05413
m
12
1.5000
1.4459
1.3918
38.10
0.6833333
0.05413
m
12
1.7500
1.6959
1.6418
44.45
0.0833333
0.05413
2
12
2.0000
1.9459
1.8918
50.80
0.0833333
0.05413
2^
12
2.2500
2.1959
2.1418
57.15
0.0833333
0.05413
VA
12
2.5000
2.4459
2.3918
63.50
0.0833333
0.05413
2M
12
,2.7500
2 . 6959
2.6418
69.85
0.0833333
0.05413
3
10
3.0000
2.9350
2.8701
76.20
0.1000000
0.06495
FASTENINGS
Classification of Fits.
71
Class I
Loose fit
Includes screw thread work of
rough commercial quality, such
as hose couplings, etc.
Class II
Subdivision "A" Includes the great bulk of screw
Medium fit (Regular)
thread work of ordinary quality
of 'finished and semi-finished
bolts and nuts, machine screws,
etc.
Subdivision "B" Includes the better grade of inter-
(Special) changeable screw thread work,
such as high grade automobile
and aircraft bolts and nuts.
Class III
Close fit
Includes screw thread work re-
quiring a fine snug fit, some-
what closer than the medium
fit special. In this class of fit
selective assembly of parts may
be required.
Class IV Subdivision "A" Includes screw threads used in
Wrench fit light sections with moderate
stresses, such as aircraft and
automobile engine work.
Subdivision "B" Includes screw threads used in
heavy sections with heavy
stresses, such as steam engine
and heavy hydraulic work.
PIPE THREADS
The standard in the United States is the Briggs, and in Great
Britain is the Whitworth. In Briggs, the pipe is tapered V^ in.
per in.
72
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Briggs Pipe Threads
o
N = number of threads per inch. Depth of thread = ^
Length of perfect thread = ^ — '— where D represents the
N
actual outside diameter of pipe.
Pipe Diameters
Threads
per
Inch
Depth
of
Thread
Length of
Perfect
Threads
Total
Length
of
Thread
on Pipe
Nomi-
nal Pipe
Size
Actual
Inside
Actual
Outside
H
.270
.405
27
.029
.19
.412
M
.364
.540
18
.044
.29
.624
X
.494
.675
18
.044
.30
.630
*A
.623
.840
14
.057
.39
.819
H
.824
1.050
14
.057
.40
.831
i
1.048
1.315
an
.069
.51
.03
IX
1.380
1.660
HM
.069
.54
.06
m
1.610
1.900
ii*|
.069
.55
.07
2
2.067
2.375
ny2
.069
.58
.10
2y2
2.468
2.875
8
.100
.89
.64
3
3.067
3.500
8
.100
.95
.70
3^
3.548
4.000
8
.100
1.00
.75
4
4.026
4.500
8
.100
.05
.80
4^
4.508
5.000
8
.100
.10
.85
5
5.045
5.563
8
.100
.16
.91
6
6.065
6.625
8
.100
.26
2.01
7
7.023
7.625
8
.100
.36
2.11
8
7.982
8.625
8
.100
.46
2.21
9
9.000
9.625
8
.100
.57
2.32
10
10.019
10.750
8
.100
.68
2.43
FASTENINGS
73
Whitworth or British Standard Pipe Threads
£.
N = number of threads per inch. Depth of thread = -
"Mnm
A
B
E
F
i\om-
inal
Bore of
Pipe
Ins.
Approx.
Outside
Dia. of
Pipe
Ins.
Gauge
Dia. Top
of Thread
Ins.
Single
Depth of
Thread
Ins.-
Num-
ber of
Threads
Inch
Length of
Thread
on Pipe
Ins.
Dist. of
Gauge
Dia. from
End of Pipe
Ins.
H
/i2
.383
.0230
28
*/8
%
/€
A°l
.518
.0335
19
3/fe
3/g
.656
.0335
19
^2
M
1^
27/32
.825
.0455
14
5/8
$
%
15/16
.902
.0455
14
H
%
1V6
1.041
.0455
14
$
%
1.189
.0455
14
%
%
1
jii/i
1.309
.0580
11
%
H.
\\/
JIIA
1.650
.0580
11
i
11A
129^
1.882
.0580
11
i
y*
i/^
2^/2
2.116
.0580
11
1^8
2
2^8
2.347
.0580
11
1;H?
%
2^
3 8
2.587
2.960
.0580
.0580
11
11
IM
1
2/^
3/4
3.210
.0580
11
l/^
3
3^
3.460
.0580
11
l/^
f.
3/€
3/€
3.700
.0580
11
l/^
31^
4
3.950
.0580
11
13^2
3%
4M
4.200
.0580
11
I.H
H
(Continued on page 74)
74 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Whitworth or British Standard Pipe Threads — Continued
XT
A
B
i\ urn-
E
F
.Nom-
inal
Bore of
Pipe
Ins.
Approx.
Outside
Dia. of
Pipe
Ins.
Gauge
Dia. Top
of Thread
Ins.
Single
Depth of
Thread
In.
berof
Threads
per
Length oi
Thread
on Pipe
Ins.
Dist. of
Gauge
Dia. from
End of Pipe
Ins.
4
4^
4.450
.0580
11
l$i
1
4^2
5
4.950
.0580
"11
I/I?
1
5
5/4
5.450
.0580
11
1%
1M
5/4
6
5.950
.0580
11
1 Jlj
1/4
6
6/4
6.450
.0580
11
2
1%
7
7£|
7.450
.0640
10
2^8
IK
8
8;Hj
8.450
.0640
10
2%
m
9
Q}4
9.450 .
.0640
10
2/4
10
1Q/4
10.450
.0640
10
2/^
i/^
11
H/4
11.450
.0800
8
2 j/2
l*A
12
12^
12.450
.0800
8
2^
13
13%
13.680
.0800
8
2/^
1%
14
14%
14.680
.0800
8
2%
1%
15
15%
15.680
.0800
8
2%
1%
16
16%
16.680
.0800
8
2J^
1%
17
17%
17.680
.0800
8
3
2
18
18%
18.680
.0800
8
3
2
Threads for Pipe and Fire Hose Couplings Recommended by National
Screw Thread Commission, Washington, D. C., 1919-1920
The Commission favored the adoption in practically its present
shape of the Briggs standard pipe thread size as recommended by
the Am. Society of Mechanical Engineers and the fire hose coupling
as established by National Fire Protective Association.
NATIONAL PIPE THREADS
Formulae for Basic Size. (See Table 3, page 76)
0.8D +4.8 . 0.8
L :
K3
D =
0.05D + 1.9
1
16 n
L + 2 -
FASTENINGS
75
• MINOR DiaM£7£ft ffT
£NDOFf>lf>£
'•£»• PITCH DlffMETf/f
f.'6ff$ic p/rcn
D* OUTSIDE Dia.
OF PIPE
£5 • MM. P/TCH Did MET f ft
P/Pf THfffffDS
W'DIFF£R£NC£ IN Dlff. FOffOfff THRCflD
n 'NUMBff) OF TM/f£aOS ff/f /MCtf
£4 'Max PtrcH o/ffMereff
Srtr/rtG#rtf/KE LOCK NUT TNKfftD
• PITCH OtflMfTCR LffRGf £HD
National Fire Hose Coupling Threads. Form of Thread, see page 67.
National Fire Hose Couplings
Basic Min. Coupling Dimensions
Norn-
Num-
her of
Pitch
Depth
of
Thread
Major diameter
Pitch
dia.
Minor
dia.
Allow-
ance
Size
threads
Ins.
Ins.
Mm.
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
2.50
7.5
. 13333
.0955
78.550
3.0925
2.9970
2. -9015
.03
3.00
6.0
.16667
.1243
92.837
3.6550
3.5307
3.4063
.03
3.50
6.0
. 16667
.1243
108.712
4.2800
4.1556 '
4.0313
.03
4.50
4.0
.25000
.1765
147.320
5.8000
5.6235
5.4470
.05
Basic Max. Nipple Dimensions
2.50
7.5
.13333
.0955
77 . 788
3.0625
2.9670
2.8715
.03
3.00
6.0
. 16667
.1243
92.075
3.6250
3 . 5006
3 . 3763
.03
3.50
6.0
. 16667
.1243
107.950
4.2500
4.1256
4.0013
.03
4.50
4.0
.25000
.1765
146.050
5.7500
5.5735
5.3970
.05
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
EH ^
ffl
§1
H
B<5
tt
a.s^
03*0
C^ t*» t*» CO CO CO CO CO CO 1—4 i— I — H r— 1 ^H ^-H t-H i— ( i-H i— I i-H t-4 i— I v-H ,-H *— f r-< _: ,
co •<*•*•'*<•'* Tt< TJH T*< rt< oo oooooooooo oooooooooo oooooooooo oooo<
ddo'dd ddddd ddo'dd ddo'dd ddo'dd ddo
>00000 COCOCOCOCO COCOCOCOCO COOOOO OOOOO OOO
t^,-!,-! COi-li-ICOO OlOlOlOOO O i-l i-l i-l CO b-COCOCDCO COCOCO
COC5O lOO^i-IOS l-H i-H l-H i-H J> Tt< TJH Tf< TfH CO CO l-H 1-H l-H l-H i-H T-H !-H
COOO WCOOOCOI> rPOSr^O^ lOiOiOiOcD C»OjO5O5Oi OiO5O3
T-lT-li-lC<IC<l COCO^^iO COt>OOOSO (NCOrt<iOt> O5i-HC«;
do' odd odd do odd do OI-H'I
COiOCOOOO i-KNCO
COrHt^-CO^O <NOCOCO1>
OOOCO-* OOOIM»OCO
do' odd ddo'o'r-l
<M (M <N (N iO 1O<
(NC<I<N(N(N (NCOCO
iO O ^O O O *O O O ^O ^O
O ^ t^» ^ ^O i— I O O t^- 1^
I CN C^l CM »O >O<
i co coco t>- t~<
OOOOrH i-H i-H i-H <N <N CO •* "* iO lO COt>OOOiO <Nrt<iOcOOO O <N •*
g^C^
i -* coco c
t »o 10 *o c
OOOOi-l THi-Hi-«(N(N COCO-*Tj(iO O«>OOOiO (N CO ** »O 1- O5 rH «
CONOCO t^-
I 00 CO O5 O 001>(
I.-IO5 rt<N^Hi-H<
i-l T-) TH i-H (N <N COCO^^'O COt^OOOiO (NCO^iOt^ O5 r-i CO
i-< rn i-l i-l ^H rH rHINlN
)cocao<N oooot~-iooi
IOOIMOCO OOOOOOOO-^
|iOGOiMt> COOOCOOOM*
§O OOOOO OOO
C^ T— I t^. t> t-» t^* t^» Cl
I -^ CO COOOOOOOOO 00 C
lO-^O^t^. cOi-Hi-iO»O CO»CTj<(Nt>« OOOOO OOOOO OOO
COt^C^OOt'- CO t^» CO O O> Ot^^i— (O CO O ^f t^» iO T^ iO O5 C^ O OO lO Oi
COt>-r-liOCO T-HOO3COT-I TJ< CO CO C<J Oi rt< rt( CO IM Tf COb-COCOiO CO <N
COM^COt^OJ WiOIXNt- COOOCOOOCO •^•^•^•^lO iOt>-t>-t>-t>- t>-t>>
OOOOO T-I i-l i-H C<J iM COCO^'^'O «Ol>OOOiO (NCOrf<»Ot>- OJi-H
odd do o'ddo'o' do odd o'o'do'o" ddo'dd odd
oooooooooo oooooooooo oooooo
I I-H i— i CM (N eOCO-^Tj<iO COt^OOOO (MTfliOcOOO
O(N-«*i
FASTENINGS
77
TAP DRILLS
FOR STANDARD PITCH THREADS
1H
IJi
u. s. s.
¥
3
1
6%
Whitworth
Hcc
S. A. E.
No. 2
£3
U. S. S.
SS
Q
1.8
Ho2
3 Vi«
3 »/J6
||
!»i
4%
Whitworth
I'/Te
Above Tap Drill Sizes are computed to allow approximately 75% of full thread.
NAILS
Wire nails have a circular cross section, the steel wire gauge is
used for designating their diameter. The length is given in the
penny system, the letter d being the selected symbol, thus a
2 penny nail (2 d) is 1" long
3 " " (3d) " W "
4 " " (4d) " \y2* "
5 " " (5d) " 1%» "
etc.
Cut nails have a rectangular cross section, with taper from head
to point.
A keg of nails weighs 100 Ibs.
Cement coated nails have practically twice the holding power of
common wire nails. Cement coated nails (as manufactured by
Wickwire Bros., Cortland, N. Y.) are like- common nails except in
the style of head.
78 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
NAIL HEAD5 AND POINTS
CHECKERED COMMON BOX ROOFING
V~7
COUNTERS COUNTERS FLOORING CASING
CHECKERED BRAD NAIL
FLAT POINTED FLAT HIGH C'5K COMMON
CONE CONE OVAL OVAL OVAL BRAD
o
i «o o
o ?r 2
rn
^
•***
J
Y
<th *""'
z *z 3 ^
^ 53 ^ °
» Ss 1 d
Ul
C
u
FASTENINGS
79
COMMON NAILS
Size
Length
Steel Wire Gauge
Approx. No. to Lb.
2d
1 inch
No. 15
876
3d
IK ;;
" 14
568
4d
" 12^
316
5d
1/4 "
<" 12Y2
271
6d
2
181
7d
8d
21A '
" n)l
" IOK
161
106
9d
2M '
" IOK
96
lOd
3
" 9
69
12d
Q IX '
" 9
63
16d
zlA '
" 8
49
• 20d
4
" 6
31
30d
4/^ '
" 5
24
40d
5
" 4
18
50d
5^2 '
" 3
14
60d
6
" 2
11
COMMON BRADS
Size
Length
Steel Wire Gauge
Approx. No. to Lb.
2d
1
inch
No. 15
876
3d
1*
/ n
i
" 14
568
4d
$
/ u
u 12^
316
5d
1*
.' «
t
" 12^/2
271
6d
2
u
" I'l %
181
7d
2L
t "
11 11 \/
161
8d
9d
2^
2^
(<
? «
" IOK
106
96
lOd
3
M
" 9
69
12d
o /
" 9
64
16d
ty
«
" 8
49
20d
4
||
11 6
31
30d
4>
^ "
" 5
24
40d
5
11
" 4
18
50d
5^
/ «
" 3
16
60d
6
U
" 2
11
FLOORING BRADS
Sizes 6d, 7d, 8d, 9d, lOd, 12d, 16d and 20d have the same length
as common brads but average one gauge lighter.
80
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
CLINCH NAILS
(Flat Oval Head)
Size
Length
Steel Wire Gauge
Approx. No. to Lb.
2d
1 inch
No. 14
710
3d
li^ '
" 13
429
4d
1*£ '
" 12
274
5d
154 '
" 12
235
6d
2
" 11
157
7d
2/4 '
" 11
139
8d
%1A "
' 10
99
9d
2% "
' 10
90
lOd
3
' 9
69
12d
3/€ "
' 9
62
16d
Q I/ tl
1 8
49
20d
4 2 "
' 7
37
CASING NAILS
Size
Length
Steel Wire Gauge
Approx. No. to Lb.
2d
1 inch
No. 15^
1010
3d
IK
" 14^
635
4d
m
" 14
473
5d
in
" 14
406
6d
2
" 12^
236
7d
2^
" 12^
210
8d
2^
" 11^
145
9d
2^
" HH
132
lOd
3
1 10**
94
12d
3K "
' 10^
87
16d
3^ "
' 10
71
20d
4 "
' 9
62
30d
4^ "
' 9
46
40d
5 "
' 8
35
ROOFING NAILS
Size
No 8
No 9
No. 9*3
No. 10
Dia. of head, ins
y>
y.
U
V\<o & 1A
Lengths, all sizes, %, %, 1, iy8, 1%, iy2, 1% ins.
[Wickwire Bros., Cortland, N. Y.]
FASTENINGS
81
SPIKES
SQUARE
Railroad Spikes
A standard railroad spike has a square cross section with a chisel
point as in figure below. Reverse point has the cutting edge parallel
to the length of the head — this type of spike is often used on bridge
stringers, where the stringers run parallel to the track.
— r~
CD
1
Head
Length
Thickness
of shank
Thickness
of neck
Length
of taper
Approx.
number
per keg of
200 Ibs.
Length
Width
A
B
C
D
E
F
2^
NB
5/fe
X
N
5A
2200
2J/2
N
"
3^
1
X
%
1520
3
3^
1
X
1340
3/^
3y£
1
%
%
1170
4
/ie
/ie
l//g
%
%
684
33^
¥
^ie
1/4
i^f6
y&
620
4
^ie
1 1^
l/ie
i
600
4^2
y2
^6
1^
ivS
i
536
5
Y2
•^6
IHe
i
490
5
^
1%)
1/4
l^s
370
514
9z.
^
1%
1/4
l/^
340
6
%
M
1%
w
1M
269
[Illinois Steel Co., Chicago, 111.]
Spikes are made of Bessemer or open hearth steel having the fol-
lowing properties: Tensile strength, 55,000 Ib. per sq. in.; yield
point, 27,500 Ib. per sq. in.; elongation, 25 per cent in 2 ins. The
body of the full-size finished spike shall bend cold through 180 degs.
82
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
flat on itself, without cracking on the outside portion. The head of
the full-size finished spike shall bend backward to the line of the face
of the spike, without cracking on the outside of the bent portion.
Nail, Barge, Button and Boat Head Spikes
It
NAIL HEAD
9
BARGE
BUTTON HEAD
BOAT
(Approximate number per keg of 200 Ib.)
g £
II
Length of Spike — Inches
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
16
8
8
8
'375'
590
650
990
260
335
510
600
880
240
300
400
525
220
275
360
475
205
260
320
190
240
230
175
160
450
600
800
1175
1825
1320"
1660
3000
iiio'
1360
2375
'946'
1230
2050
ROUND
These can be obtained with chisel or diamond points and with
flat heads.
FASTENINGS
ROUND — Continued
83
Size
Length
Am. Steel Wire
Gauge
Approx. No. to
Lb.
10d
3 inch
No. 6
41
12d
3K '
" 6
38
16d
3^ '
" 5
30
20d
4
4
23
30d
^A '
3
17
40d
5
2
13
50d
51A '
1
10
60d
6
1
8
7 inch
7
0
7
8 "
8
00
6
9 "
9
00
5
10 "
10
% inch
4
12 "
12
*A "
3
KEYS
FOR SHAFTS, GEARS, PULLEYS AND COUPLINGS
Dia. of
Shaft
Size of Key
Dia. of
Shaft
Size of Key
Dia. of
Shaft
Size of Key
In.
^52 x %2
KG x KG
KG x KG
KG x K6
KG x KG
KG x KG
KG x KG
KG x KG
Kfi x Vfi
In.
3
3^
33/
In.
ike x :
iK6 x :
1K6 x :
iKe
3%
4
4K6
1%
5
X 13/f6
10
13/i6X
15/fGX
15/l6X
1^6 X
!7/i6 X
1% x
l7/f6 X
1K6 X
iiy.x
11
ln/i6X
12
X
2x2
2x2
2x2
2x2
[Cresson-Morris Co., Phila., Pa.]
84 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
SPECIAL KEYS FOR HEAVY MACHINERY
Dia. of
Shaft
Size of Key
Dia. of
Shaft
Size of Key
Dia. of
Shaft
In.
3
3^6
3^6
In.
In.
In.
8%
97/6
7
7%
10
In.
[Cresson-Morris Co., Phila., Pa.]
KEY SEATS IN SHAFTS AND WHEELS
For Shafts
For Wheels
Diameter
of
Shaft
15/f6 to IK
1 -Veto IK
I13/f6 to 2K
2 «/ii to 2K
213xi-6 to 3M
3 5/fe
4 % to 4«
5 «/ii to 5M
Key-way
Width
Depth
Diameter
of
Shaft
6^4 to
7% to
8 to
95/f6 to 10K
105/f6to UK
135^ to 14 jj
Key-way
Width
Depth
Diameter
of
Shaft
16K
165xf6 to 17M
175/f6 to 18K
185/f6 to 19M
195/16 to 20M
215/6 to 22M
22*4 to 23 M
235/f6 to 24 M
Key-way
Width
[Dodge Sales & Eng'g Co., Mishawaka, Ind.]
FASTENINGS
NOTES ON KEYS AND KEY SEATS
85
On pulleys and gears the key seat is under ah arm on all sizes up
to 74 ins. dia., when practical with a set screw over the keyway.
Large pulleys and gears having 8 arms, when made in two parts have
the key seat in the center of one half, that is between two arms.
The following represents practice at Gisholt Machine Co., Madi-
son, Wis. For shafts up to 1%* dia., Woodruff keys. Sliding
parts for shafts up to I13/fa* dia. square keys and over this diameter
flat keys. For hollow shafts and sleeves not transmitting their full
power, use a key for a shaft of 3^ the diameter of the hollow shaft
or sleeve. If full power is transmitted use if possible the standard
key for solid shafts, if this is not possible then 2 keys for a shaft of ^
the diameter of the sleeve.
POSITION OF SET-SCREWS FROM KEYWAY
STANDARD
QUARTERING
Key seats as left milled by cutters are measured from the bottom
of the key seats. Key seats with drilled or square ends are measured
from the ends.
GIB HEAD KEYS
Gib head keys are used when the small end of the key is inaccess-
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
ible; with the exception of the head they are the same as tapered
keys.
H
15-li
iy8
1%
I
54
1H
2 s
9^2
%
•*- / o
%
1%
\K
2
2^6
I/
29/|
2
2M
2
2^
f
2
2He
27/f6
2i¥
3
3^6
WOODRUFF KEYS
k-A— s|
Woodruff keys are suitable for shafts up to 2l/2 ins. diameter,
FASTENINGS
WOODRUFF KEYS — Continued
but they cannot be used as sliding keys.
87
Num-
ber of
Key
Dia.
of
Key
Thick-
ness
Depth
of key-
way
/ID
a
Ultimate
shearing
strength
Ibs.
Num-
ber of
Key
1,566
19
2,350
20
3,132
21
2,937
D
3,915
E
4,894
22
4,700
23
5,872
F
7,050
24
6,850
25
8,221
G
9,591
26
10,961
27
9,375
28
10,937
29
12,500
30
15,625
31
10,545
32
12,305
33
14,062
34
17,575
Dia.
of
Key
Thick-
Depth
of key-
way
S
%
Ultimate
shearing
strength
Ibs.
11,718
13,671
15,625
19,530
23,436
17,187
21.484
25,781
18,7.50
23,437
28,125
15,910
20,888
25,312
29,702
53,850
61,840
69,525
76,781
83,918
[Whitney Mfg. Co., Hartford, Conn.]
WOODRUFF KEYS TO USE WITH VARIOUS SHAFTS
Numbers
Dia. of
of Keys —
Dia. of
Numbers of
Dia. of
Numbers of
Shaft
see above
Shaft
Keys
Shaft
Keys
table
54-^
1
K-l5/f6
6,8,10
1^-174
14, 17, 20
7/i6~/^
2,4
1
9, 11, 13
1/^~1^
15, 18, 21, 24
^MT"xl
3,5
~\\/c—\\^
9, 11, 13, 16
][11^_][3^
18,21,24
3,5,7
l3/fe
11, 13, 16
1 13^-2
23,25
5
6,8
1X-1*
12, 14, 17, 20
2Mir2H
25
If the pulley or gear to be keyed on the shaft has an exceptionally
long hub, then two keys should be fitted.
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
,
KEYWAYS FOR MILLING CUTTERS
•\N
Square Keyway
Dia. hole, H . . . .
Width key, W..
Depth, D
Radius, R
m
.020
.040
.060
2^-3
Half-Round Keyway
Dia. hole, H
Width, W...
Depth, D . . .
IK-i
[Pratt & Whitney, Hartford, Conn.]
GIBS AND KEYS
(Cottered Joints)
^XysS
Taper of key 1/20 to 1/100, if more than 1/25 the key is likely
to slip.
d = dia. of rod C = .2d
A = 1.2d D = .4d
Thickness of key at center = . 3 d
B = .4d
FASTENINGS
89
MISCELLANEOUS FASTENINGS
T SLOTS
^T
J24-A-+
VY* Q
^4-
7777
1
31
/ \
''i ° B
'/' A *
Width of
Slot A Dia. of
Ins Neck of Cutter
Width of
SlotB
Depth C
Extreme
Limit D
X U^S2
V* *A
% %
1 2%2
13/16
1/ie
l/^
1
1
[Brown & Sharpe, Prov., R. I.]
BOLT HEADS FOR T SLOTS
Width of slot A Diameter Side of sq.
Ins. boit bolt head
Thickness
of head
y2 % %
5A y2 ilA
1 8 7A 1%
r
P
90 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
SPRING COTTERS
Wire Gauge
Diameter
Lengths*
Wire Gauge
Diameter
Lengths*
13
3/^2
y2to2
7
%
% to 3
12
1A ' 2
6
%
M " 3
11
1^
y2 ' 21A
5
^2
1 " 3
10
%
M ' VA
4
M
1 " 4
9
%
y2 ' VA
1
%
1 " 4
r
^
IA ' VA
* Advancing by
(<
^v
•^ ^
A_ C^
> '
Spring Cotter
\ 1
Flat Spring Key
FLAT SPRING KEYS
Width
Length
^
H
ik
1*1
l3^
1M
2
2
2
2
2^
1
2^
3
3
3
3
3 74
3/4
iH
[F. P. Smith & Co., Sharon Hill, Pa.]
SECTION III
POWER TRANSMISSION
SHAFTING — QUILL DRIVES — COUPLINGS — CLUTCHES — COLLARS*
— BEARINGS PULLEYS — MULE STANDS — BELTING
BELT DRIVES ROPE SHEAVES AND PULLEYS
CHAINS FOR TRANSMITTING POWER SPROCKETS
— GEARING: SPUR, MITRE, BEVEL, WORM,
HERRINGBONE — THRUST OF SPIRAL
AND HELICAL GEARS
SHAFTING
Rolled shafts for power transmission in mills and factories can be
obtained up to 8 ins. dia., and in stock lengths 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20,
22 and 24 ft. lengths. For general use the sizes in the table are
recommended.
Dia.
Weight
Ibs. per ft.
Dia.
Weight
Ibs. per ft.
Dia.
Weight
Ibs. per ft.
w
3.76
2%
15.86
414.
52.58
1%
5.52
2%
23.04
4%
65.10
1%
1%
7.60
10.02
3%
355
27.13
31.56
514
5%
78.95
94.14
m
12.78
3%
41.40
Forged steel shafting is preferable to rolled for sizes 6 ins. dia. and
above, as it is stronger and more homogeneous. Forged steel shaft-
ing as manufactured by Dodge Manufacturing Co. has the following
characteristics: tensile strength per sq. in. 60,000 to 70,000 Ibs.,
elastic limit 30,000 to 36,000 Ibs., elongation in 2 ins. 25 to .30%,
reduction in area 40%.
Shafting in machine shops should run at about 160 rev. per min.,
and in wood working shops 250.
Shafting should be supported so the deflection is not greater than
.01 in. per ft. See pages 93 and 106.
91
92
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
QUILL DRIVES
For heavy duty and where it is necessary to use a clutch on the
driving shaft, quill drives can be installed to advantage.
A quill is a hollow shaft, usually cast iron, larger in diameter than
the line shaft. The quill is supported by independent bearings
(indicated by crosses in the figure) the clutch is attached to the face
F, and at H is keyed the pulley. The clutch when disengaged is
stationary. The line shaft supported by its own bearings revolves
but does not come in contact with the quill. The quill relieves the
line shaft of the weight of the pulley and belt pull.
IH
•*
1
1 i -
,<
? — i<
i
I
h 5 — ^h
II
II
IF
SE$
-I------- —
^^^V^r^^^H
tt
-
H
g|£
..^^S-^-Jj
H
*4~
U
•±_
/. -
1
1
J
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
Shaft
Sizes
F
and
T
Keyseat
in
Swell
415/f6
57/f6
774
12
14
14
16
16
18
18
21
21
24
24
H
%
H
6^6
7%
n
1334
IX
2
2
2
2^
2^
2%
2H
^ 3
[T. B. Wood's Sons Co., Chambersburg, Pa.]
POWER TRANSMISSION
is
«£
II
Sj
z&
S| CO1* GO
r-KNCO
i-H i-l(NCO
OOOOi ^
•-Hi-IO* ^
CO Xi O Oi-H
^>-< (N iO r-t COC<1O> CO T}( rjt
iOOO (Nt^Tfi COCO-^ 00^(N
& £
o£ M
I
'w^H
) CO CO O5 CO l>- ^ *O l> CO CO t
^HIN CO^Ot^ OCO-H (NCO-
'-HCO rfiO'-i
OCO -^ >O GO
>-( i-H (N CO •*
lOiCiO Tt<t-Hi-H »OOiO CO •
COGOCO 0050 «5 Cq r4 ^ .
i-l (NIN-* lOt-OS ^H .
O5GOO3
i-KNCO
iMGOGO COCO'-H Tt< CO <N 1C IO id
lOCOO CDCOM Tj<I^CO r4(NcO
rt ^(MCO ^kObi OSr-JcO
COCDO iC<-iOi O3 I-H i-i (NiOi-i CO<NO1 CO Tft T}I
i-l i-i(N<N COiOGO (Nt^rJH COCOTfH GOTflN
r-l»HC^ CO-^>O COXO
COTfiT}< rtt>-^-i (NOOCO 1>.
CMCOiO QOi-HCO CNGOCO ICC
^H ^ IN IM CO T}<i
a ?
'g Q
i
II w
-1
s-s
;-lS M^IO t-oco
2S S :
.i-H t^. iO ^
i-l i-KNCO
CO^t>- OO
rl<COOi rfi -H
O iC^HOi O5O^
,_, ,-iiNIN CO»OGO
• •
00 • •
CO • •
CO O GO
i— < O »O GO O IN
CO-^CO OlrJHOS
00-*CO OSCOt^
-^ OOO IN CO ^
r}< OCOCO I-H O >-<
COCNCN
••
94 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
COUPLINGS
FLANGE COUPLINGS
Male and Female Type
Standard Plain Face Type
Shaft Sizes
Shaft Sizes
B
i3*
VA
6
6%
8 4
9 2
10%
uk
4^
6j|
4
12
19
20
21
22^
24
10
13^8
Couplings are forced on shafts by hydraulic press and keyed.
Shafts are then centered in a lathe and the couplings faced. Number
of bolts = .78 dia. of shaft + 2. Bolt dia. = .13 dia. of shaft + M"-
Total thickness of web = .5 dia. of shaft + %".
POWER TRANSMISSION '
95
DOUBLE CONE COMPRESSION COUPLINGS
0*1
D
Shaft
Sizes
Ins.
D
Shaft
Sizes
Ins.
2%
3»4
3^6
6
6%
7
7%
9
7%
18
14
4^
6 8
20^
20^
23 K
25
27
29
32
32
12
[T. B. Wood's Sons Co., Chambersburg, Pa.]
The coupling consists of shell, two cones and bolts. Each cone
has a keyway cut in it as also in each end of the shafts. By drawing
up the bolts an equal pressure is exerted on the cones, which are
compressed and drawn into the outside shell. With this type of
coupling the shafts may be slightly out of alignment yet transmit
power satisfactorily.
96 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
UNIVERSAL GIANT COMPRESSION COUPLINGS
D
Shaft
Sizes
Inches
Dimensions in Inches
D
Shaft
Sizes
Inches
Dimensions in Inches
3%
2^6
10
10^4
12
9%
3%
13
in
12
13
IT. B. Wood's Sons Co., Chambersburg, Pa.J
This type of coupling is suitable for repairing a broken shaft
quickly. It is designed to use without shaft keys, and consists of a
slotted sleeve with a reverse taper on the outside, and compression
flanges. By tightening bolts in the flanges, they are drawn together
causing the sleeve to grip the shaft. To obtain an even grip the
flanges should be equidistant.
POWER TRANSMISSION
97
RIBBED COMPRESSION COUPLINGS
Dia. of Shaft
Number of
Bolts
Dia. of Bolts
4%
5
6
6K
%
9
10K
ll3^
Keys are required. [T. B. Wood's Sons Co., Chambersburg, Pa. I
RING COMPRESSION COUPLINGS
These couplings consist of two half sleeves tapered on the outside
and two forged steel rings bored to match at each end. In fitting
couplings to shafts the rings are driven towards each other, forcing
the sleeves to grip the shafts. Keys are required.
Shaft dia.
I15xf6
2%
21*
2^6
21S/T6
33/f6
3^6
3"^
315/ie
47/f6
4ls/f6
5%
515/f6
Length of
coupling. . .
8 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
20
22
24
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
Outside
Diameter
A
Inches
Maximum
Shaft
Diameter
Inches '
No. of
Links
B
Inches
c
Inches
H. P. at 100
Rev.
Steady Load
5
154
3
1
i.N[
1
7
W
3
iH
2^
2^
9
174
4
m
3
4M
12
1154
3
2y*
33^
11H
12
234
4
VA
3^
15
15
2JS
4
2l/8
4
21
18
3^6
4
3%
6
47
18
#2
6
3%
6
67
24
3%
6
3%
7
98
24
474
8
3%
7
130
30
4%
6
5M
9
225
30 •
36
M
8
8
5M
5M
9
Wi
300
380
36
6%
10
5^
ny2
480
42
6154
10
6M
13
680
42
774
12
6K
13
820
48
7%
12
VA
14
960
54
8V6
12
7M
15
1220
54
8%
14
7M
15
1420
60
974
16
7M
16H
1710
72
10%
12
7M
18
2360
72
1%
14
7M
18
2770
72
H1646
16
7M
18
3160
[Cresson-M orris Co., Phila., Pa.J
POWER TRANSMISSION
99
CLUTCHES
SPLIT FRICTION CLUTCH
Clutch
Sizes
Ins.
Max.
dia.of
Shaft
i*
3%
4%
5
6
6
6%
I*
10
10
12
12
15
Use
quills
713/f6
81A
8%
8%
s'%
9%
9%
11
12%
13%
16
16%
20%
14
17
19
21
23
»H
29)^
34 Ji
34
40^
48
54
60^
67M
83
Use
quills
H
11 H
l\H
14 J4
14 34
17%
19
19
19%
19%
20^
23 H
25%
Use
quills
W
18
Note — For clutches over 30 inches, quills are recommended in place of sleeves:
A = pulley face + 2B. Cut off couplings for the sizes given. A = 6M, 6M, 6M
8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 11, 11, 12%, 14%, 16%, 18%, 19%, 22%.
[Dodge Sales & Eng'g Co., Mishawaka, Ind.J
100 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
FRICTION CLUTCH
Style of Fric-
tion Clutch Cut-
off Coupling as
used on sizes up
to 20-inch in-
clusive
Style of Friction Clutch
Cut=off Coupling as used
on sizes 22 = inch and 32-
inch inclusive
Style of Fric-
tion Clutch Cut-
off Coupling as
used on 37-inch
and 43-inch
POWER TRANSMISSION,.. ^ ....... .101
*••• /*"*. Le i :'*•.*!*•* i "*i t/A
FRICTION CLUTCH — Continued
I
•cl
Dimensions of Whole Clutches Only
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
28
32
I^6
47/r66
400
400
400
350
300
275
250
225
200
200
200
200
200
IK
2fc
5
7
12
18
25
34
45
55
65
85
112
9
11
13
18 2
22M-
25^
28
29%
34
39
33
42
68
115
202
295
367
479
715
862
1010
1269
1765
[Moore & White Co., Phila., Pa.)
SAFETY TYPE MULTIPLE Disc SOLID CLUTCH COUPLING
Clutch
Size, Inches
D
M
2K
3M
35
4
4;
5%
IK
IK
22^
1
102 - «ANI)BOOK,OF STANDARD DETAILS
HORSE POWER CAPACITIES, LARGEST BORES AND SAFE SPEEDS
Multiple Disc Solid Clutch Coupling
Clutch Size,
Inches
H. P. at 100
R. P. M.
Largest
Possible Bore,
Inches
Size of Shaft
Equal in
Capacity to
Coupling,
Inches
Speed Allowable
for Coupling
as Ordinarily
Made
6
4
2
174
560
8
8
2%
I15/ie
520
10
15
23<i6
480
12
14
25
40
4K
n
440
400
[Dodge Sales & Eng'g Co., Mishawaka, Ind.]
SOLID FRICTION CLUTCH
Size of
Clutch
Ins.
Largest Shaft
A
B
C
D
E
F
K
s
Reg.
Sped.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
2K
3
3
3K
4K
4K
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
4
4K
5K
11 4
12
13
1
IK
ij|
2K
2%
3
CO •<! CN tO H- 'OQOMOiOr
to\ oo\ oo\ oo\ oo\ oo\ oo\ ^\ ic\ (»\
IK
IK
1
IK
\00\00\00\00 \00 ^\00
CO\CO\t--\CO\ t-\M\r-l\
Tt<T^»OcOl>l>cOI>OOO5
UK
16
20 4
21
25 4
28
"i"
5
6
[Dodge Sales & Eng'g Co., Mishawaka, Ind.
POWER TRANSMISSION
103
This clutch is adapted particularly for use on countershafts and
other places where a solid clutch is required.
Size of
Clutch, ins.
Max. Rev.
per Min.
Horse
Power
Size of
Clutch, ins.
Max. Rev.
per Min.
Horse
Power
4
500
5^
9
500
23
5
500
9
10
500
40
6
500
12
12
450
59
7
500
16
14
400
102
8
500
19
16
400
170
JAW CLUTCH
A
~FJ7"~0~~T7~C
Shaft
Size,
Ins.
1 7/ie
W
1'%
2^6
27xl6
2"/fe
215/ie
3M
5%
iy*
Shaft
Size,
Ins.
5 We
22
23M
13
17M
18%
9%
10
10%
15/le 2J
IVfe 25
U*3
1%-
1%
1^
[Dodge Sales & Eng'g Co., Mishawaka, Ind.]
104 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
SPIRAL JAW CLUTCH ARRANGEMENTS
Clutch Drives Wheel
Left- Hand Clutch
Left-Hand Clutch
Right-Hand Clutch
SOLID AND SPLIT SAFETY COLLARS
A-
_LL
50UO SPLIT
(See opposite page for table)
POWER TRANSMISSION
105
SPIRAL JAW CLUTCH ARRANGEMENTS
Wheel Drives Clutch
Left-Hand Clutch
Right-Hand Clutch
Right-Hand Clutch Left-Hand Clutch
SOLID AND SPLIT SAFETY COLLARS— for figure see page 104.
Shaft
Size
Inches
Solid Collars
Split Collars
Shaft
Size
Inches
Solid Collars
Split Collars
1%
3
4^6
2H6
4154
%
t;7/
3%
2
2
2M
1%
8
8M
11%
13
13
33/4
3^
12
12
13
13
13^
14
14
14
14
334
334
334
334
(Continued on page 106.)
106 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
SOLID AND SPLIT SAFETY COLLARS — Continued
Shaft
Size
Inches
Solid Collars
Split Collars
Shaft
Size
Inches
Solid Collars
Split Collars
73/6
10^
3M
3^
3^
3M
3H
9%
10
10^
11
12
334
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
14^
uy2
16H
16H
163^
17
17
3M
4 4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Collars for shafts 3 ins. dia. and under have but one set screw.
[Dodge Sales & Eng'g Co., Mishawaka, Ind.]
BEARINGS
Bearings (pillow block and hanger) in ordinary shop practice are
spaced about 8 ft. apart (see page 93). The spacing should be such
that the shaft deflection is not greater than .01 ins. per ft.
Length of heavy fixed bearings 2^ to 3 % times the shaft diameter;
of light self adjusting 3 to 43/£. The allowable bearing pressure in
Ibs. per sq. in. of projected area babbitt or bronze lined is 100 to
155 Ibs.
In locating bearings and in selecting the size of shaft it must be
remembered that additional pulleys are often installed after the
shafting is in place, and it is necessary to allow for them.
For oiling devices see page 107.
RIGID PILLOW BLOCKS
POWER TRANSMISSION
107
Shaft Sizes,
Inches
1 7/f6to 1
^6 to 2
2 -K6 to 2M
2 VK to 2J^
2"/f6 to 2^
215/f6 to 3
3 */fe to 3M
3 7/ie to 3H
3»/fe to 3%
315/f6 to 4
4 % to 4M
4 7/f6 to 4^
4»s,fc to 5
5 W6 to 5^
o15/^ to 6
6 7/f6 to 6J^
6"/ii to 7
7 7/f6 to 7*A
7lVi6 to 8
8 7f6 to 8>i
8»/ii to 9
915/f6tolO
24
10
Bolts
F
itl
K
21M
22M
M
Oil holes at each end of cap are tapped to permit use of grease cups.
[Dodge Sales & Eng'g Co., Mishawaka, Ind.]
LUBRICATING DEVICES FOR BEARINGS
Oil and grease cups. Oil cups are usually cast into the bearing
cap and filled with waste saturated with oil. Instead of oil cups,
grease cups may -be tapped into the cap at each end.
Capillary oilers as made by the Dodge Manufacturing Co. con-
sist of a wood block fastened in the bottom of the bearing sleeve,
having alternate saw cuts through which the oil rises by capillary
attraction from the reservoir below the sleeve.
Oiling rings (see figure). The rings as the shaft revolves, bring
oil from the reservoir to the shaft.
108 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
RING OILING BEARINGS — Continued .
Dia. of
Shaft
B
H
Dia. of
Shaft
H
3%
47/f6
4%
12
13
14
15
16
18
20%
22^
5%
57A
10
11
12
13
14
16
18
20
24^
fv*
8746
29J4
30
1134
13 H
15
31M
1534
15%
22
24
26
27
28
28
28
[Cresson-Morris Co., Phila., Pa.]
ADJUSTABLE PILLOW BLOCKS
POWER TRANSMISSION
109
Dia. of
Shaft
Bolts
No. Size
In.
1%
2%
s7!
3^6
57/r6
51B/6
In.
11
14
16
16
17
20
23^
25
27^
In.
6
7
8
9
10
13
17H
20
22^
In.
2>
3
4
5"
5>
5^
6V
7^
8
10'
In.
5
6
10
11
15
16
17
18
In.
%
1
1
JU
In.
In.
*l
[Cresson-Morris Co., Phila., Pa.]
HANGERS — 8 TO 46 IN. DROP
110 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
PULLEYS
Ordering Pulleys. — The following outline can be used to advan-
tage in ordering pulleys.
1. Service. — State whether for single or double belt. If neither is
specified, single belt pulleys will be furnished.
If greater horse power than a double belt is required, the horse
power, rev. per min. and service should be given.
2. Description. — State whether solid, split, clamp hub, flange or
special.
If no description is given, plain solid pulleys will be furnished.
In sending sketches, follow the instructions on page 111.
3. Diameter. — Specify diameter in inches. This should be the first
dimension.
If exact diameter is required, mention this fact and state whether
measurement shall be made at crown or edge of rim. An
extra charge is made for exact diameter.
4. Face. — Specify face in inches. This should be the second dimen-
sion given, arid should be specified as the width of belt to be
used, unless an exact width of face is desired, in which case
this should be noted on order by having the word "exact"
follow dimension of face.
5. Bore. — Specify exact diameter of shaft in inches. This should
be the third dimension.
If shaft is of an odd or special diameter make a gauge to accom-
pany order.
Never send orders as pulley to be bored I15/ie" scant, 2%" full
or about ^4 * under 3 ".
6. Crown or Straight Face. — After specifying dimensions of pulley,
state whether crown or straight face. If neither is specified,
crown face pulleys will be furnished.
Pulleys for belts which do not shift should have crown face.
Pulleys for shifting belts should have straight face.
7. Key seat or Set Screw. — State whether keyseated or set screwed
or both.
If neither is specified, set screws only will be furnished.
POWER TRANSMISSION
111
If keyseated, state whether straight or taper.
Pulleys keyseated and not set screwed should have taper
keyseat.
Taper keyseats will be cut with Y%" taper per foot, unless other-
wise specified. Split hub pulleys are recommended to have
straight keyseat with set screws on top.
[Data from T. B. Wood's Sons Co., Chambersburg, Pa.]
i
T
>•
•B
E
.
•C-»
<-cl
^
W/<
'/////A
_t
Y//////1
//////,
t
A _
X
5
<
Q
^/'
!'//////.
T
///////
'//////;
A
1
ft
•{
2
[
No.
3
1-
-B
>
r-*
r^l
f
*
>
1
*
«
777777*,
r • -
_JL
I
—
/K
:i
> f.
A
-
-cf
Afe. \.
hr
I
i..
In making sketches, especial care should
be taken to indicate those dimensions required
to be exact. The bore will always be considered
an exact dimension, but the diameter, width of
face and length of hub are dimensions \vhich
are not always required to be of an exact size.
112
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Cast-iron pulleys are known in the trade by the terms— single
belt, double belt and triple belt which terms refer tc leather beating.
Single belt pulleys can be held on the shaft by set screws, while
double belt require keys with two set screws over the key way.
Single and double belt pulleys up to 40 ins. dia. are balanced to
run at 300 ft. per min., and over 40 ins. at 3,500.
NUMBER OF ARMS
Number of
Dia. of Pulley
Width of Face
Arms
Sets of Arms
up to 14 ins.
15 " 39 "
up to 19 ins.
u « a u
4
6
1
1
20 " 49 "
6
2
40 " 120 "
up " 19 "
8
1
20 " 49 "
8
2
49 and over
8
3
Diameter every half inch from 6 to 24 ins., every inch 25 to 50,
and every 2 ins. 52 to 120. Split pulleys can be obtained in nearly
all the sizes as solid.
For intermittent driving of a machine, tight and loose pulleys are
employed — both having the same diameter with the faces crowned,
or one pulley has a 45 deg. flange, with the face crowned, the flange
U
[W?***^
U
TIGHT f\NO LOOSL
PULLEYS \N\TH
4&UMGE. ON LOOSt
Q
U
DROP
OUTSIDE.
FIM4GE
FLMGE
having the same outside diameter as the tight pulley at the edge of
the rim, the belt surface being one inch smaller in diameter than
that of the tight, thus the belt is relieved of strain when running
idle. The hub of the tight pulley is flush with the edge of the rim
POWER TRANSMISSION
113
on each side, with one end of the hub faced off. The hub of the
loose pulley extends Y% in. beyond the edge of the rim on each
side, with both ends of hub faced off.
Internal or drop flanges greatly strengthen the rim. Pulleys with
such flanges are installed when heavy, tight belts are used.
Pulleys can also be obtained with external flanges at center or
side.
PROPORTIONS
Width of face C = 1 . 13 X width of belt. D = V5 A
R f= radius of pulley E = \Y% dia. of shaft
A = M" + ^ + .014R F = ^B
B = MA G = J-^A
Thickness of metal around shaft = .3 dia. of shaft.
Pulleys for shifting belts should have a straight face and for
non-shifting a crown. The crown up to 12 ins. in width varies
with different manufacturers from % to l/£ in., and above 12 ins.
from H to l/i in. per foot. When a belt is shifted from one side of
the center line to the other, the face should be straight.
114 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
CROWNED CAST IRON PULLEY
(Gisholt Machine Co
Width of Leather Belting
K
%
3/f
7/s
1
IK
V/2
1=H
2
91_i
Width of Pulley Face
*A
7/v
1
IK
l1^
\Yz
1%
?
2K
91^
Radius of Crown
' 1
&/i
10K
i
(Based on Unwin's Formula of 1-24
Width, Appr.)
Crowning (Rise at Center of Rim.)
.014
.019
.019
.024
.029
.027
.037
.048
.042
.052
PROPORTION!
Diam
6
•1
1
10
12
Face
2
3
4
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
6
2
3
4
5
6
A
K
K
K
y»
K
M
K
K
K
M
M
%
%
K
%
M
M
RIM
B
%
K
%
*
K
%
%
%
K
%
>
H
K
9/32
K
%
H
ARM
C
K
5*
K
'A
K
K
i
K
K
i
IK
IK
K
K
i
IK
iM
D
H
K
K
K
K
JA
K
K
K
«
K
%
K
N
%
K
^
E
W
M
%
%
%
Vi
6/ii
•K
5/^
5/R
1Vli
'Vis
H
^
«
1Vj,
IU
HUB
F
IK
2K
2H
IK
2K
IK
3H
l«
2X
2Ji
3K
4K
I*
*
w
3K
4«
Diam
•
22
24
Face
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3
4
5
A
$4
S4
%
%
%
K
X
%
%
7-f
%
tt
V-
K
74
J6
-j
RIM
B
%
%
%
%
*
%
K
%
K
%
%
%
K
%
%
K
%
ARM
C
1
1
«_
IK
•H
w_
IK_
W_
IK
«_
IK
?L
!«_
IK
IK
IK
IM
D
K
%
M
9/i6
%
%
K
M
K
M
%
K
%
%
K
K
K
HUB
E
%_
*
JL
K
*_
K
1L
2L
%_
_«
K
21
^
%_
^
**
J!
F
2
2
m
4K
5M
6
7
2K
3K
4M
5K
6
7
8
2?*
3K
«j
POWER TRANSMISSION
115
FOR LEATHER BELTING (see Figure on page 116)
Madison, Wis.
2^
2K
2%
3
3M
VA
35*
4
4H
5
5
5/i
6
6^
7
g
8K
9
10
10
11
11
12
3
3^
3^
3K
4H
4H
VA
6
6^
7
7M
063
20
25
33
42
56^
70
.056
.071
.082
.075
.085
.097
.095
.115
.133
.126
.146
.179
.170
.222
.217
.258
PULLEYS
14
16
18
20
2
3
4
5
6
S
3
.4
5
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
3
4
5
G
7
8
F6
56
%
,32
56
%
%
56
K
56
56
Hi
56
56
Hi
56
56
^
56
%
%
%
%
56
S6
M
56
56
n/32
x-S
w
54
X
%
H
%
%
Hi
46
H
%
>16
H
?32
56
96
^
%
%
H
%
ft
1
IH
IK
i
1
IN
1M
IH
IH
1
1 .
1M
ikx
m
tH
134
1
i
Us
1M
1V£
1^
i3,i
H
H
%
H
Hi
,ie
K
«
M
Hi
%
**
Jic
H
56
96
«J6
5i
%
Ji6
H
?1X6
96
1J6
x4
%
96
96
K
H
%
%
H
X
%
96
:J<6
96
w
3/^
•56
'5l6
H
96
%
K
•M
96
«56
Ji
K
2J4'
254
3H
4H
IK
2M
23/4
3H
4H
5M
l«
2>2
3J2
4M
5M
6
7
1H
2H
3K>
4K
SH
6
7
28
32
,32
76
"56
Jfe
H
96
Hi
H
11AIK
K
IK 2
6
56
6
1S/i6
Hi
6
6
6
K
6
:5f6 1
3H 4K 5M 6
3/i 4H 5M 6
116
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Steel pulleys can be run at higher speeds than cast iron as they
are stronger and lighter. Furthermore, tests have shown that belts
slip less on steel than on cast iron or wood.
Steel pulleys are of split construction, no keys being required,
the pulleys being held to the shaft by compression of hub by bolts.
Data on steel pulleys as manufactured by the American Steel
Pulley Co., Philadelphia, Pa., are given on pages 122 and 123.
Wood pulleys are cheaper and lighter than cast iron, and under
certain conditions give excellent service. They should not be run in
damp places nor at high speeds. A wood rim of hard maple seg-
ments, properly laid up in glue, has nearly three times the strength
of good cast iron for resisting the stresses set up by its own rotation.
The tractive pull of a leather belt upon a wood rim is greater than
upon any metallic rim. With wood pulleys looser belts can be run,
and belt slippage can be reduced to a minimum.
There are no standard dimensions as manufacturers have devel-
oped their own designs. Below are sizes manufactured by the
Dodge Mfg. Co., Mishawaka, Ind.
3"
4"
5" to 7'
8" " 23"
24" " 48"
50" " 72"
72 "up to 12 "face
72", 13" face and wider
73 "to 96"
^97" " 120"
2"
27/^
3"
May be obtained in a variety of face widths — widths above 6
ins. advancing by two, as 6, 8, 10, 12, etc.
POWER TRANSMISSION
117
MULE STANDS
STATIONARY
Pulley
Dia .x Face
Rods
Dia. x Lth.
10 x 3
10 x 4
12 x 5
12 x 6
12 x 7
16 x 8
24x10
24x12
30x14
4'0"
4/0"
4/0"
5'0"
5'0"
5'0"
Qf,Ql
6'0"
27/f6
10
10
10
12
12
12
8^6
10
10
10
11%
1
1
1
1%
1%
1%
3
3
3
3%
3%
4
4
4
%x5^6^
%xVo<
%x8/6'
%x8/6'
[Dodge Sales & Eng'g Co., Mishawaka, Ind.J
118 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
ADJUSTABLE
Pulley
Dia .x Face
Rods
Dia. x Lth.
10 x
10 x
12 x
12 x
12 x
16 x
24x10
24x12
30x14
4'0'
4'0'
4'0'
5'0;
5'0'
5'0'
6'0'
6'0'
6'0'
2^6
215/S
10
10
10
12
12
12
13%
8^6
10
10
10
11%
11%
1
1
1
1%
1%
iy*
27 /
/16
27/|
3
3
3
3%
3%
3%
%x5'6
%x7'0"
%xs;e;;
k x8'6"
[Dodge Sales & Eng'g Co., Mishawaka, Ind.]
POWER TRANSMISSION 119
BELTING
"Wide, thin belts are not as satisfactory as narrow thick ones. To
get the best results shaft centers should be from 20 to 25 ft. apart.
The most economical speeds for belts are from 4,000 to 4,500 ft.
per min.
Leather Belts. — For high speeds, the leather should be cut along
the spine of the hide, and for low across the shoulder.
Single leather belts are 7^ to ^ inch thick, double 21^ to 2%.
Single belts for pulleys up to 11 ins. dia.
Double " " " from 12 ins. and up.
Triple " " " " 20 " " "
U. S. Navy specifications call for oak tanned single leather belts
to have a tensile strength of 4,000 Ibs. per sq. in., and double 3,600.
Commercial sizes — widths increase by ^ inch up to 1 inch, %
inch up to 4, and ^ inch to 7. Above 7 ins. depends on the manu-
facturer.
Rubber belts are made of duck saturated with rubber. They
are particularly suited for running in damp places.
Rubber belts are often figured as averaging ^ inch thickness per
ply-
2 ply rubber belt = light single leather belt.
3 " " " = medium " " "
4 " " " = heavy
5 " " " = light double " "
6 " " " = medium " " "
7 " " " = heavy " " "
8 " " " = triple " " "
Commercial sizes
Ply Width
2, 3 and 4 1 to 60 ins.
5 11A " " "
6 2
7 4
8 6
Widths from 1 to 2 ins. increase by % in., 2 to 5 by J^, 5 to 16
by 1, and 16 to 60 by 2.
120
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Canvas belts have about the same strength as leather.
Commercial sizes
Ply
4
6
8
10
3
4
12
Width
2 to 18 ins.
" 30 "
" 48 "
" 60 "
Widths from 1^ to 5 ins. increase by ^ in., 5 to 14 by 1, from
14 to 32 by 2. Above 32 ins. special widths can be obtained from
manufacturer.
Balata Belts. — These consist of a cotton fabric which is thor-
oughly impregnated with a solution, the chief ingredient of which
is balata. Balata belts should not be installed where the tempera-
ture is over 120 degs. F., and they should be kept free from oil.
The following table was furnished by R. & J. Dick Co., Passaic,
N. J., manufacturers of balata belts.
The following table shows the horse power which each inch of
width of belting, from 3 ply to 10 ply, will transmit at the speed
given.
Speed
of Belt
per min.
3
Ply
4
Ply
5
Ply
6
Ply
7
Ply
8
Ply
9
Ply
10
Ply
Ft. i
H. P.
H. P.
H. P.
H. P.
H. P.
H. P.
H. P.
H. P.
500
0.60
0.90
1.21
1.51
1.81
2.12
2.42
2.71
750
0.90
1.36
1.81
2.27
2.72
3.18
3.63
4.08
1000
1.21
1.81
2.42
3.03
3.63
4.24
4.84
5.44
1250
1.51
2.27
3.03
3.79
4.55
5.30
6.06
6.82
1500
1.81
2.72
3.63
4.55
5.45
6.36
7.27
8.17
1750
2.12
3.18
4.24
5.30
6.36
7.42
8.48
9.54
2000
2.42
3.63
4.85
6.06
7.27
8.48
9.70
10.90
2250
2.72
4.09
5.45
6.82
8.18
9.54
10.90
12.27
2500
3.03
4.54
6. 06
7.58
9.10
10.60
12.12
13.64
2750
3.33
4.99
6.66
8.34
10.00
11.66
13.32
14.99
3000
3.63
5.44
7.26
9.10
10.90
12.72
14.52
16.34
3250
3.93
5.90
7.87
9.85
11.81
13.78
15.74
17.71
3500
4.24
6.36
8.48
10.60
12.72
14.84
17.96
19.08
3750
4.54
6.81
9.09
11.36
13.63
15.90
18.18
20.44
4000
4.84
7.27
9.70
12.12
14.54
16.96
19.40
21.81
POWER TRANSMISSION
121
Horse Power and Widths of Leather Belts. — Speed of belt in ft.
per min. = .2618 X dia. of pulley in ins. X rev. per min.
The difference in tension in a belt when running, between the
tight and the slack side for a single leather belt may be taken at 40
Ibs. per inch of width, for a double belt 65 Ibs. and triple 90.
To find H. P. a belt will transmit:
H. P.
Speed in ft. per min. X width in ins. X tension in Ibs.
33,000
To find width of a belt to transmit a given H. P.:
33,000 X H. P.
Width
Speed in ft. per min. X tension in Ibs.
HORSE POWER TABLE FOR LEATHER BELTING
SINGLE BELTS
Width of Belt in Inches
hH •*->
.gj
OQ a
2
H.P.
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
400
1
1H
2
2K
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
600
ilA
2M
3
3%
4H
6
71A
9
10H
12
13H
15
800
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
1000
2^
3M
5
6M
7^
10
12H
15
17K
20
22 y2
25
1200
3
4^
6
7y2
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
1500
3M
5^
7K
9H
ny2
15
18^
22^
26H
30
33^
37^
1800
4H
6^
9
HH
13H
18
22^
27
31H
36
40K
45
2000
5
7y2
10
12H
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
2400
6
9
12
15
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
2800
7
wy2
14
17H
21
28
35
42
49
56
63
70
3000
7K
UK
15
18%
22^
30
37^
45
52^
60
67^
75
3500
m
13
I7y2
22
26
35
44
52^
61
70
79
88
4000
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
4500
11 M
17
22 y2
28
34
45
57
69
78
90
102
114
5000
12H
19
25
31
37 y2
50
62 y2
75
87^
100
112
125
For double belts see page 124.
122
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Ot^.~H 00 CM <
tSo^COCOCMCMCMCMS^SJS^SSlSJ^SS'
>OCM •* o
>TH K5 10 CO
;§§s§s
I CM CO TH "* IO
< O «O(M 00
3 O? t-*- CO OO
J^H^HC^IN
<N O OO-^f O O(M
• COkOCOO'^l^'— »-
-
-* ^ •* »o S «5 «o co co t
•O-OC<ICO^OCOC^C<l<^t>"
• CM C<5 CO CO CO CO CO Tt< Ttl •* i
>-rt<!M
lO— c(
iTti^iO'
>CM >O OO--! •
?SoS§!
S-^-rt*iOiOkOCOC
000000
SoSSSSS : :
POWER TRANSMISSION
123
e< es y e< e< c*» co co co co co co co co co eo co co co co rf •*»< •<*< -* •»*<
rt ^H rt « <N es c< <M IM
^t~c»o»a5O»-i^(^c»5'<t^»o«5<or-- oooooo
<M N e^ I <M (M PO cc PO PO co cc i co co co co ec co co eo ••i*
<M <M c< <N c< N »q eq cs c <N i (N es co <n oo cc co cc co co ec
!£S28§gSS8$;
-1 -Mt--"CiC^<^'COOi^^
OOOOO
>oooooooooooooo<
8coc<ioo-
-cco^
) W •<*! CO CX) O (M
)^HC^CO^Ot^-
) CO CC CO CC CC CO
I <O 00 O (M
•s g°£ ^
I *l^ fel
I ii Jw 3£
3 ill ii -s
*
*:
:
•If
fs S.2 I
H 111
11 'HI
i| il
»-a -g C8
82 Is
124
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
DOUBLE BELTS
(Continued from page 121.)
I*
Width of Belt in Inches
fa 3
c.2
"*<3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
*&
H.P
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
H.P.
H.P
H.P.
400
2M
^A
5%
7M
8^
10
HH
13
14K
16
17J4
600
4M
VA
8M
11
13
15
17H
19*3
22
24
26
800
5M
sy2
UK
14^
17H
20K
23
26
29
32
34^
1000
7M
11
14H
18M
21^
25^
29
32 K
36
40
43^
1200
8^
13
17H
22
26
30^
34^
39
44
48
52y2
1500
10%
16M
21%
27^
32^
38
43^
49
54^
60
65^
1800
13
19^
26
323<
39
45 1A
52
59
65^
72
78^
2000
uy2
21^
29
36^
43 ^
5oy2
58
65^
72^
80
87
2400
1714
26
34^
44
52^
60K
69K
78K
88
96
105
2800
20M
30^
40^
51
61
71
81
91H
102
112
122
3000
21K
32H
43^
54K
65^
76
87^
98
108
120
131
3500
25K
38
50^
63^
76
89
101
114
127
140
153
4000
29
43^
58^
72M
87
101
116
131
145
160
174
4500
32^
49
65
82
98
114
131
147
163
180
196
5000
36^
54K
72%
91
109
127
145
163
182
200
218
[Foote Bros. Gear & Mach. Co., Chicago]
For single belts see page 121.
LENGTH OF BELT FOR A GIVEN DRIVE
C = distance between centers of pulleys.
R = radius of large pulley.
r = " " small "
A = arc of contact of large pulley.
B = " " " " small "
Length of open belt = A + B + 2\/C2 — (R — r)2
" " crossed belt = A + B + 2\/C2 — (11 + r)2
BELT DRIVES
Power may be lost by journal friction and belt slipping. To pre-
vent the former the belt should not be run too tight. As to belt
slipping, this may be largely overcome by applying a dressing.
Shafts with Parallel Axes. — Here the center line of the driving
and following sides of the belt fall in the middle planes of both
POWER TRANSMISSION
125
pulleys — hence the belt can run in either direction. The arc of
contact of crossed belts is equal on both pulleys and is always
more than 180 degrees. The gain in contact is lost by the twist
in the belt, which causes it to run unevenly on the pulley.
However, the arc is generally taken at 180 degrees in making
calculations. -
OPEN
CROSSED
Shafts in Parallel Planes but Inclined to Each Other. — The
center line of the driving side of the belt is in the middle plane of
both pulleys, but the following side is not — thus the belt can run in
one direction only.
Shafts with Inclined Axes. — A and B (page 127) are the centers
of two pulleys, 0 being the angle between their planes A x y and
B x y. Any two points as x and y are taken on the line of inter-
126
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
QUARTER TURN
HALF TURN
section x y of the planes, and tangents drawn to the pulleys A
and B. The center circles of the guide pulleys C and D must be
tangent to the tangents drawn from x and y., to the pulleys A
and B.
POWER TRANSMISSION
BELT DRIVE WITH SHAFTS AT INCLINED AXES
(See page 125.)
127
_ J
ROPE DRIVES
Transmission rope is made from hemp or manila fibres with 3, 4
or 6 strands, the 3 strands for small drives and the 4 and 6 for large
drives. A table of 4-strand manila rope is given pn page 129.
WIRE ROPE SHEAVES (Cast Iron)
(See next page for table.)
128
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
r-t e* <N co n •<# 10 b- os t^ o
l |Q |Q tt) <O (O IQ IQ IQ CO (0 ,C0 >Q U3 CC> TP .CO CO <O O <0 Q
^ \s
POWER TRANSMISSION
129
MANILA TRANSMISSION ROPE
Dia.
of rope
ins.
W't
per
ft.
Breaking
strength
Ibs
Length
req'd
for
splice
ft.
Small-
est
dia. of
sheave
Dia.
of rope
ins.
Weight
per
ft.
Breaking
strength
Ibs
Length
req'd
for
splice
ft.
Small-
est
dia. of
sheave
fe
%
m
m
.20
.26
.34
.43
.53
4500
6125
8000
10125
12500
8
8
10
10
10
28
32
36
40
46
IH
m
l5/8
1%
2
.65
.77
.90
1.04
1.36
15125
18000
21125
24500
32000
12
12
12
12
14
50
54
60
64
72
[T. B. Wood's Sons Co., Chambersburg, Pa.]
American system of rope transmission has one continuous rope
winding from one groove or sheave to another. In this system a
uniform tension is kept on the rope, by a traveling tension
carriage.
DODGE STANDARD 60° V AND U GROOVES
FOR AMERICAN SYSTEM ROPE TRANSMISSION
V Groove
U Groove
Rope
Size
V Gr. U Gr
H
•
130
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
In the English or separate warp system, a single endless rope is
required for each groove or sheave. The English system is now
little used except in main drives, as from engine to countershaft.
ENGINEERS' STANDARD V AND U GROOVES
FOR ENGLISH SYSTEM ROPE TRANSMISSION
V Groove
n
U Groove
Rope
Size
V Gr. U Gr
A*
ft
1%
V Gr. U Gr
1U
V Gr. U Gr
X
G*
V Gr. U Gr
%
5/8
1
H
1%
J K
* A and G dimensions for ONE V Groove same as for U Grooves.
[Dodge Sales & Eng'g Co., Mishawaka, Ind.]
Wire rope may also be used for drives. The average speed for
wire and manila rope is 4500 ft. per min.
The larger the sheaves, the lower is the operating cost as the rope
wears longer. A single sheave with a filler is not suitable for trans-
mitting more than 300 H.P., hence it is often necessary to have
pulleys with a number of grooves. U grooves are preferable for
outdoor service. When the distance between the driving and the
driven pulley exceeds 150 ft. an idler should be installed.
POWER TRANSMISSION
131
WIRE ROPE PULLEY FOR POWER TRANSMISSION
D = diameter of rope in inches.
Number of arms, 6 for pulleys 2 to 4 ft. dia., 8 from 5 to 8 ft.
Arms have elliptic cross section, short dia. given in figure, long
dia. 1 . 5 times short.
Pulley of cast iron, rope runs on a leather filler.
Diameter of pulley not less than 36 D.
Length of hub 2 to 23^ times dia. of shaft.
If a pulley with wider sides is required have the angle between the
sides 60 degs. and the grooves for the rubber 30 degs.
132
HANDBOOK OF ^STANDARD DETAILS
«
\SL w s. Np«
53 " ^* J5 *"
EH
^«^¥?
Q.
W
|iy^
49
o
SA, V . \a.
o
«N „
1
»o
CO
1— 1
&,
w
& . - g:
W £
!J
r
§
'1
coio oo co oo
O5 Oi >O 00 O» (M
rt< to CO 1>- OO O
rH
O o
3
^~™"™
£ +-
Is
CO OO C^ O Oi CO
CO CO-* 10 000
§ &
^^
3 1.
g«
rH
0
o
I
O o
B ^
^H O
W §3
— —
M O.
S w
s °
jj
*O O O O OC Is—
CO CO 00 O Ci Oi
rH rH rH <N CO T^
' ^^
s
^ j
k>
(
§ 1
2 g
o
iO CO 00 <N COCO
^ »O O O5 CO CO
rH rH
g !
0
W g
fe 2
£-
1
—
1 i
CO ^
CD
) ^
1?
»O »O GO CO CO rH
CO (N i— t IO rH CO
rH C^J CO ^t1 (M (N
R a
5 1
£,
::::
i
x
CO rj^ Ttf 1C i O5 (N
-2>
PH
£
1
1
W 5
f-t
o
rH ^ l> CO CO rH
rH rH rH (N CO •<*
|
3
»b^ cq^
i
i
£
^H ^*
Chain
Number
X X
§ §
rH rH
POWER TRANSMISSION
133
<
i
•2 a
2 9
o3 d
•1
•5 I
fl +2
^ d
o -^
72 ^
^ CH
o3 g
.2 ^
® |
'S -^
«3 ES
•II
134
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
a I
°* *
H <S
• CO GO ,~. CO 1C O
w I [ggo^^^S :
rH r-t — I T— I
• C<) CO
• <N CO lO CO O T^ ^O
• 00 O ^ 1> <N CN CO •
I ' rH rH rH (M (N (M •
• O5
• i— 1 CO TH O5 ^O CO C^
• O 00 OO CD i-H O5 CO •
• »O (N t^ Oi CO O iO •
• <N •* t- oo oo o cq •
• CO "* OO rH 00 T-H O5 •
s «
• 00 i> (M CO O?O >O •
•OTt< O5 Oi<M <Mb- •
• rH rH <N CO CO J> O5 •
1 -rH
• t^- 00 CO O5 l> O TjH
- (N CO b- OJ »O GO Tjn
xxxxxxxx
•15
ft o
•s I
.2 I
3 ^
3 g
.38
§ J
I i
b£)
S5
'-5
Si
£ be
•a .2
I
CD
00 jg
'C a
^ J
X ^3
II
.g'S
I!
ft 2
r-1 ft
9 «
cs -^ '
1=3 :
bC ft
g a .2 "I
|l
2 *fl
5 .«
fe£
rH
§^ ^s a
^H^^
*-" -4-3
POWER TRANSMISSION
135
136
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
rH rH 10
CO rH rH 1C
CO I OS
O5 rH IQ
IO O C- ' rH -
r^co dd«
«
10
- £ 2
rH <N <M
8
»o
o 2
<N I
<M
-I 3
<-; o
10
«!£ &
• s •**' 3
§ 8
SSI
go jig
82
* 02 rH r^
• ,2> o3 §
' o'C ',-,
• .^s^
: o
J
'. «
:&^
• a a
:-S §
t^ £3 eg p,
> > « &£
;ii|ll|i|jl|^^
Jjlll i 111 i'tllli! IS illliP a
rl .2 d C^ f-<»r-H«r-H ^H J-H . ,— t 2 3 rH 133 m O'P-H 2 CT* 7^ ^ ^^ ^^ tl O J-* SM
|:llli'§ % g-'g-s* 1->§|I^S| g 1 & g.s«a^
S^ Q ^ Q H . <? ^^ H <1 OO
3 -Ml
5 s 8 c
g « •* J J
iiM-8*
" o> o ^ g >
POWER TRANSMISSION
•a - a
•\\
•s s
II 1
137
III lit L
-S.nfe^ Jg'S.>,g
•S || 1 g fi I I 1 1
III
3.2
138 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
N = number of teeth on large sprocket
n =
(( K II
small "
R = radius of large sprocket, ins.
r = " "small
P = pitch of chain, ins.
A = distance between centers in pitches.
B = A cos a
/N-n\2
Chain lengths in pitches = 2 A H -- - — + 3 —
, N + n .0257(N-n)2
~^r ~~c~~
If the chain length in pitches comes a fractional part of a pitch,
use the next whole number. The length of chain in inches is equal
to the product of the number of pitches by the pitch.
(
1S004-9fl
360° 360°
Distance A between centers should not be less than !*/£ times the
diameter (2 R) of the larger sprocket nor more than 60 X P.
In using the above formula for calculating the length of block
chains, the length should be a multiple of the pitch. For roller, the
length is a multiple of two times the pitch, as the ends have to be
joined by an inside and outside link.
POWER TRANSMISSION 139
A sprocket wheel should not have less than 15 teeth. On sprockets
of the same diameter a short pitch chain will last longer and run more
quietly than a long pitch.
As to tooth forms, the Diamond Chain & Manufacturing Co. has
developed a tooth having a constant pressure angle and a variable
space angle. A large pressure angle is one of the advantages claimed.
Besides, an elongated chain will run as well on a 100 tooth sprocket
as on a 20.
SPROCKET WHEELS
DIAMETERS OF SPROCKET WHEELS FOR BLOCK CENTER AND TWIN
ROLLER CHAINS
P = pitch of chain
N = number of teeth in sprocket
180°
"TT
Pitch dia.
D = diameter of roller
p
Outside diameter of sprocket wheel = - — ==, 4- D
sin Jii
Bottom " " " " = -^ — D
sin E
140 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
DIAMETERS OF SPROCKET WHEELS FOR ROLLER AND BUILT UP
BLOCK CHAINS
A = center to center of holes in side links (usually . 6)
B = " " " " " " chain block (usually .4)
b = diameter of round part of chain block (usually . 325)
N = number of teeth
180°
E = ~"
Tan C =
. Pitch dia.
sinE
I + cos E
A
sin C
sin c
A
sin c
+ b
— b
Outside diameter of sprocket wheel =
Bottom " " " " =
[Whitney Mfg. Co., Hartford, Conn.]
Formulae
Pitch dia. approx. of sprocket wheel = .318 X number of teeth X
pitch ins.
-1 • , „ . 33,000 X horse power
Cham pull in pounds = — s-1-; — : — : — ^ — —
vel. of chain ft. per mm.
{Diamond Chain & Mfg. Co., Indianapolis.]
POWER TRANSMISSION 141
GEARING
SPUR GEARS
Circular pitch (P') is the distance measured along the pitch
circle from the center of one tooth to the center of the next. Circular
3.1416
diameter pitch.
Diametral pitch (P) is the number of teeth to each inch of the pitch
diameter. Diametral pitch = — — '-, ., ,
circular pitch.
Addendum is the distance from the pitch circle to the outside
diameter.
Dedendum is the distance from the pitch circle to the bottom of
the working depth.
Clearance is the distance from the working depth to the bottom of
the tooth.
P' = circular pitch.
- . P = diametral pitch.
D' = diameter of pitch circle.
D = outside diameter.
N = number of teeth,
a = addendum,
c = clearance,
t = thickness of tooth.
Then
3.1416 D D'
P' =
P
P " .3183N +2 ~ .3183N
3.1416
D' = .3183 N P' = J*,D0 = N a
JN -p £
D = a (N + 2) = .6366 P' + D'
a = .3183 P'
c =.05P = ^Q
P'
i -T
Usual width of face of spur gears is 2 % to 3 times the circular
pitch.
Small pinions which run with large diameter gears should be
shrouded as the shrouding gives additional strength to the pinion.
The shrouding on each side may be taken equal to . 4 circular pitch
plus % in.
142
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Tooth Forms. — Gear teeth may be constructed with involute,
epicycloid or hypocycloid curves (see pages 23-22). The curve
generally selected is the involute above the pitch line with radial
flanks. The outlines of involute and epicycloidal teeth may be laid
out by Grant's odontograph.
Involute gears to be interchangeable must have the same angle
of obliquity. Gears with cycloidal tooth outlines to be interchange-
able must have the same rolling circle on both flanks and faces.
The addendum line is drawn outside of the pitch line at a dis-
tance equal to one divided by the diametral pitch, or to one-third
of the circular pitch. The dedendum line is inside of the pitch line
by the same distance. The clearance line is inside of the dedendum
line by one-eighth of this distance. The base line is inside of the
pitch line by one-sixtieth of the pitch diameter.
To Draw a Gsar. — Draw the pitch line, addendum, dedendum,
clearance and base lines. Space the pitch line for the tooth points,
either by dividing the full circle, or by stepping off half the circu-
lar pitch.
In the odontograph table at 12 teeth (the number of teeth in the
gear to be drawn), is found the face radius 2.51 and this, divided
by the diametral pitch 2, gives 1.25. With compass set to this face
radius viz. 1.25 draw the faces of the teeth from the addendum
POWER TRANSMISSION
143
line to the pitch line, from centers on the base line. If the num-
ber of teeth is greater than 36, or if the pitch is small, this face
radius should be continued to the base line.
At twelve teeth in the table is found the flank radius .96, and this
divided by the diametral pitch gives a quotient of .48. With the
compass set to .48, and from centers on the base line, draw in all
the flanks of the teeth from the pitch line to the base line.
From the base line continue the flanks of the teeth to the deden-
dum line by straight radial lines, and round them into the clearance
line, completing the teeth.
To Draw a Rack. — Draw straight lines at an angle of 15 degs.
with the radius line. The point of the tooth, from the halfway
point to the point b must be rounded over by an arc drawn from
a center on the pitch line, and with the compasses set to 2.10 ins.
divided by the diametral pitch, or .67 inch multiplied by the cir-
cular pitch.
Grant's Odontograph for Involute Teeth
Pressure angle = 15 degs. Addendum = .3183 X circular pitch =
1 addendum
diametral pitch'
Clearance
8
No.
of
teeth
Divide by the
diametral pitch
Multiply by the
circular pitch
Number
of
Teeth
Divide by the
diametral pitch
Multiply by the
circular pitch
Face
rad.
Flank
rad.
Face
rad.
Flank
rad.
Face
rad.
Flank
rad.
Face
rad.
Flank
rad.
10
2.28
.69
.73
.22
28
3.92
2.59
1.25
.82
11
2.40
.83
.76
.27
29
3.99
2.67
1.27
.85
12
2.51
.96
.80
.31
30
4.06
2.76
1.29
.88
13
2.62
.09
.83
.34
31
4.13
2.85
1.31
.91
14
2.72
.22
.87
.39
32
4.20
2.93
1.34
.93
15
2.82
.34
.90
.43
33
4.27
3.01
1.36
.96
16
2.92
.46
.93
.47
34
4.33
3.09
1.38
.99
17
3.02
.58
.96
.50
35
4.39
3.16
.39
1.01
18
3.12
.69
.99
.54
36
4.45
3.23
.41
1.03
19
3.22
.79
.03
.57
37-40
4.2
4.2
.34
1.34
20
3.32
1.89
.06
.60
41-45
4.63
4.63
.48
1.48
21
3.41
1.98
.09
.63
46-51
5.06
5.06
.61
1.61
22
3.49
2.06
.11
.66
52-60
5.74
5.74
.83
1.83
23
3.57
2.15
.13
.69
61-70
6.52
6.52
2.07
2.07
24
3.64
2.24
.16
.71
71-90
7.72
7.72
2.46
2.46
25
3.71
2.33
1.18
.74
91-120
9.78
9.78
3.11
3.11
26
3.78
2.42
1.20
.77
121-180
13.38
13.38
4.26
4.26
27
3.85
2.50
1.23
.80
181-360
21.62
21.62
6.88
6.88
[Phila. Gear Works, Phila., Pa.]
144 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Grant's Odontograph for Epicycloidal Teeth
Addendum = .3183 Xcirc. pitch = dia1pitch- Clearance r adde^dum
Number of
For one diametral pitch: for
any other pitch, divide by that
pitch
For one in. circular pitch, for
any other pitch multiply by
that pitch
teeth
Faces
Flanks
Faces
Flanks
Ex-
act
Inter-
vals
Rad
Dis-
tance
Rad.
Dis-
tance
Rad
Dis-
tance
Rad.
Dis-
tance
10
10
1.99
.02
- 8.00
4.00
.62
.01
-2.55
1.27
11
11
2.00
.04
-11.05
6.50
.63
.01
-3.34
2.07
12
12
2.01
.06
Straight
Straight
.64
.02
Straight
Straight
13/^
13-14
2.04
.07
15.10
9.43
.65
.02
4.80
3.00
15/^
15-16
2.10
.09
7.86
3.46
.67
.03
2.50
1.10
173^
17-18
2.14
.11
6.13
2.20
.68
.04
1.95
.70
20
19-21
2.20
.13
5.12
1.57
.70
.04
1.63
.50
23
22-24
2.26
.15
4.50
1.13
.72
.05
1.43
.36
27
25-29
2.33
.16
4.10
.96
.74
.05
1.30
.29
33
30-36
2.40
.19
3.80
.72
.76
.06
1.20
.23
42
37-48
2.48
.22
3.52
.63
.79
.07
1.12
.20
58
49-72
2.60
.25
3.33
.54
.83
.08
1.06
.17
97
73-144
2.83
.28
3.14
.44
.90
.09
1.00
.14
290
145-300
2.92
.31
3.00
.38
.93
.10
.95
.12
Rack
Rack
2.96
.34
2.96
.34
.94
.11
-.94
.11
[Phila. Gear Works, Phila., Pa.]
Stub Teeth
Stub teeth generally have a pressure angle of 20 degs., and the
distance from the pitch diameter to the end of the tooth less than in
ordinary teeth. For instance, for a 6 pitch tooth an 8 pitch adden-
dum is used, as per following table which gives dimensions of stub
teeth.
Diam-
etral
pitch
Thick-
ness on
pitch
line
Adden-
dum
Deden-
dum
Diam-
etral
pitch
Thick-
ness on
pitch
line
Adden-
dum
Deden-
dum
V5
.3927
.2000
.2500
Vio
.1962
.1000
.1250
V7
.3142
.1429
.1785
V
.1744
.0909
.1137
•/«
.2617
.1250
.1562
li/3
.1571
.0833
.1042
V9
.2243
.1111
.1389
12/4
.1308
.0714
.0893
POWER TRANSMISSION
145
CIRCULAR PITCH
With its Equivalent in Diametral Pitch, Depth of Space and Thick-
ness of Tooth
Circular
Pitch
Diametral
Pitch
Thickness- of Tooth
On Pitch Line
Depth to be
Cut in Gear
Addendum
6
.5236
3.0000
4.1196
1.9098
5
.6283
2.5000
3.4330
1.5915
4
.7854
2.0000
2.7464
1.2732
3^
.8976
1.7500
2.4031
1.1140
3
1.0472
1.5000
2.0598
.9550
2^
1 . 1424
1.3750
1.8882
.8754
2K
1.2566
1.2500
1.7165
.7958
2M
1.3963
1.1250
1.5449
.7162
2
1.5708
1.0000
1.3732
.6366
l/^
1.6755
.9375
1.2874
.5968
1||
1.7952
.8750
1.2016
.5570
iff
1.9333
.8125
1.1158
.5173
iK
2.0944
.7500
1.0299 «
.4775
l^s
2.2848
.6875
.9441
.4377
1/4 '
2.5133
.6250
.8583
.3979
1^
2.7925
.5625
.7724
.3581
1
3.1416
.5000
.6866
.3183
15/ie
3.3510
.4687
.6437
.2984
%
3.5904
.4375
.6007
.2785
134
3.8666
.4062
.5579
.2586
3^
4.1888
.3750
.5150
.2387
n/i6
4.5696
.3437
.4720
.2189
%
5.0265
.3125
.4291
.1989
5.5851
.2812
.3862
.1790
t>
6.2832
.2500
.3433
.1592
VK
7.1808
.2187
.3003
.1393
8.3776
.1875
.2575
.1194
5/l
10.0531
.1562
.2146
.0995
K
12.5664
. .1250
.1716
.0796
79
25.1327
.0625
.0858
.0398
*
50.2655
.0312
.0429
.0199
146
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
DIAMETRAL PITCH
With its Equivalent in Circular Pitch, Depth of Space and Thick-
ness of Tooth
Diametral
Pitch
Circular
Pitch
Thickness of Tooth
on Pitch Line
Depth to be
Cut in Gear
Addendum
1A
6.2832
3.1416
4.3142
2.0000
%
4.1888
2.0944
2.8761
1.3333
3.1416
1.5708
2.1571
1.0000
m
2.5133
1.2566
1.7257
.8000
m
2.0944
1.0472
1.4381
.6666
m
1.7952
.8976
1.2326
.5714
2
1.5708
.7854
1.0785
.5000
2M
1.3963
.6981
.9587
.4444
2K
1.2566
.6283
.8628
.4000
2^
1.1424
.5712
.7844
.3636
3
1.0472
.5236
.7190
.3333
3^
.8976
.4488
.6163
.2857
4
.7854
.3927
.5393
.2500
5
.6283
.3142
.4314
.2000
6
.5236
.2618
.3595
.1666
7
.4488
.2244
.3081
.1429
8
.3927
.1963
.2696
.1250
9
.3491
.1745
.2397
.1111
10
.3142
.1571
.2157
.1000
11
.2856
.1428
.1961
.0909
12
.2618
.1309
.1798
.0833
14
.2244
.1122
.1541
.0714
16
.1963
.0982
.1348
.0625
18
.1745
.0873
.1198
.0555
20
.1571
.0785
.1079
.0500
22
.1428
.0714
.0980
.0455
24
.1309
.0654
.0898
.0417
26
.1208
.0604
.0829
.0385
28
.1122
.0561
.0770
.0357
30
.1047
.0524
.0719
.0333
32
.0982
.0491
.0674
.0312
36
.0873
.0436
.0599
.0278
40
.0785
.0393
.0539
.0250
48
.0654
.0327
.0449
.0208
POWER TRANSMISSION
147
Horse Power and Working Loads of Cut Cast Iron Spur Gears
Under the heading W L is given the working load or number of
pounds of power transmitting strain which can safely be brought on
each inch width of tooth of a cut cast iron gear or pinion of the size
indicated at left of table, when it is running at the speed listed at
top. For horse power and working loads of cut cast steel spur gear
multiply the figures in the table by 204.
Under the heading H. P. this is converted into Horse Power
transmitted at the speed named.
These figures should be multiplied by the width of working face
in inches, for the power of the gear in question.
The feet per minute at pitch line equals pitch diameter in inches
multiplied by revolutions per minute and by .2618.
SPEED OF PITCH LINE
Diametral II
Pitch
Arc Pitch
No. of Teeth
Feet per minute
100
200
300
600
900
1200
I
W.L
H.P.
.27
.36
.44
.46
.49
.34
.45
.55
.58
.61
W.L
79
105
127
133
140
98
130
158
165
174
H.P.
.47
.63
.76
.80
.84
.59
.78
.95
.99
1.04
W.L
70
94
113
119
124
87
116
141
148
155
H.P.
.63
.85
1.02
1.07
1.12
.78
1.04
1.27
1.33
1.40
W.L
H.P.
W.L
H.P.
W.L
35
47
56
60
62
44
58
70
74
77
H.P.
1.27
1.7L
2.04
2.18
2.26
1.60
2.11
2.54
2.69
2.80
10
8
.3142
12
20
40
60
130
90
120
145
152
160
53
70
85
89
94
66
87
105
110
115
.96
1.27
1.55
1.62
1.71
42
56
68
71
74
1.15
1.53
1.86
1.94
2.02
.392
12
20
40
60
130
113
150
180
190
200
1.20
1.58
1.91
2.00
2.09
52
70
84
88
92
1.42
1.91
2.29
2.40
2.51
4
3
.785
12
20
40
60
130
225
300
360
380
400
.68
.91
1.09
1.15
1.21
.91
1.21
1.45
1.52
1.61
195
260
315
330
350
260
350
420
440
462'
1.17
1.56
1.89
1.98
2.10
175
230
280
295
310
1.58
2.08
2.52
2.68
2.79
130
175
210
220
230
2. 30
3.18
3.82
4.00
4.18
105
140
170
177
185
2.86
3.82
4.64
4.83
5.05
87
116
140
147
155
3.16
4.22
5.09
5.35
5.64
4.22
5.64
6.80
7.13
7.50
1.047
12
20
40
60
130
300
400
480
503
530
1.56
2.10
2.52
2.64
2.77
232
310
373
391
411
2.08
2.79
3.36
3.52
3.70
175
232
280
295
310
3.18
4.22
5.10
5.37
5.64
140
185
225
235
248
3.82
5.05
6.14
6.42
6.77
116
155
187
196
206
(Continued on page 148.)
148 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
SPEED OF PITCH LINE — Continued
^
J
1
Feet per minute
•*•» *c
s
H
E
"8
100
200
300
600
900
1200
s
4
^
f-t
W.L
H.P.
W.L
H.P.
W.L
H.P.
W.L
H.P.
W.L
H.P.
W.L
H.P.
12
450
1.37
390
2.34
350
3.15
260
4.73
209
5.71
174
6.33
20
600
1.82
520
3.12
467
4.20
350
6.37
280
7.64
232
8.44
2
1.57
40
720
2.18
630
3.78
560
5.04
420
7.64
348
9.50
280
10.20
60
760
2.30
663
3.98
592
5.33
442
8.05
355
9.70
295
10.72
130
795
2.40
695
4.17
619
5.57
462
8.40
370
10.10
309
11.23
12
595
1.80
520
3.12
462
4.16
348
6.34
278
7.59
230
8.37
20
800
2.42
700
4.20
620
5.58
466
8.47
372
10.15
310
11.28
IJ^j
2.09
40
963
2.92
840
5.04
750
6.75
560
10.20
450
12.28
372
13.52
60
1010
3.06
880
5.28
780
7.03
585
10.65
470
12.82
390
14.20
130
1060
3.21
925
5.55
820
7.38
617
11.22
493
13.44
410
14.90
[Link Belt Co., Chicago, 111.]
Forms for Ordering
SPUR GEAR AND PINION
POWER TRANSMISSION
149
INTERNAL GEAR AND PINION
Gear
Number of Teeth
Pitch... Jocular = C
I Diametral =
Face = F
Bore = B
Pitch Diameter. ..... = D'
Outside Diameter. ... = D
Diameter of Hub = H
Length of Hub = . L
Projection of Hub = P
Key way
Material
Pinion
Number of Teeth .
Pitch. .
/ Circular = c
I Diametral =
Face = f
Bore = b
Pitch Diameter. ... = d'
Outside Diameter = d
Diameter of Hub = h
Length of Hub = 1
Projection of Hub = p
Key way
Material..
Distance between centers
Materials for Gears
Gears may be of cast iron, cast steel, bronze or rawhide. Cast iron
gears can be obtained either with cast (molded) teeth or generated
(cut). Cast teeth are for rough drives but for accuracy, cut teeth
are preferable; in any case a peripheral speed of 1,100 ft. per min.
must not be exceeded as the noise becomes excessive. For working
150
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
loads of cast iron gears, see page 147. Rawhide gears run quietly,
but the pressure on the teeth should not exceed 240 Ibs. per in. of
face.
MACHINE RACK AND PINION
Rack
pitch.
Thickness
Face ..... ; .
Length of Rack
Material..
... = C
3.1416-v-C
... = T
... = W
= S
= A
Pinion
Number of Teeth
Pitch { *rcu*r ,
I Diametral
Pitch Diameter
Outside Diameter
Bore
Face
Key way
Material
Center of Pinion to Bot-
tom of Rack
* Number of teeth to inch of Pitch Diameter.
IFoote Bros. Gear & Machine Co., Chicago, 111.]
MITER AND BEVEL
Miter gears have their axes meet at 90 degs., both gears being
the same size. Bevel gears have their axes meet at other than 90
Center Angle.— Divide the number of teeth in the pinion by the
number of teeth in the gear, the quotient is the tangent of the cen-
ter angle of the pinion and cotangent of center angle of gear.
POWER TRANSMISSION 151
Increase Angle. — Divide double the sine of the center angle by
the number of teeth in the pinion, the quotient is the tangent of
increase angle for pinion or gear.
Face Angle. — Add the increase angle to the center a/igle of either
gear, and the sum is the face angle.
Cut Angle. — Subtract the increase angle from the center angle of
either gear, and the remainder is the cut angle.
Back Angle. — Subtract the increase angle from 90 degrees and the
r mainder is the back angle for either gear.
Diameter Increase. — Double the cosine of the center angle and
divide it by the diametral pitch, the quotient is the diameter in-
crease, which added to the pitch diameter, is the outside diameter.
The diameter increase is not the same for pinion and gear. They
are calculated separate from center angles as above.
To Find the Length of Face on a Pair of Bevel Gears. — Multiply
the secant of center angle of pinion by the' radius of gear, and take
one-third of product. Example: A gear is 6 ins. dia., and pinion
3 ins., find the fact of the gear.
3''
~-gr = . 5000 = tangent of angle.
Secant of angle = 1.1174 X 3" (radius gear) = 3.352.
3.352
Face of gear = — y- = 1.11 .
In bevel gears, to find the thickness of tooth at small end, divide
the distance from apex to small end of tooth by the distance from
apex to pitch diameter, and the quotient is the ratio.- Multiply
the thickness of tooth at pitch line by the ratio just found, and the
product is the thickness of tooth at the pitch line of small end of
tooth.
To find the pitch line at the small end of the tooth, multiply the
ratio as obtained above by the addendum, the product is the ad-
dendum at the small end of the tooth.
[Foote Bros., Gear & Mach. Co., Chicago, 111.]
To Draw a Pair of Bevel Gears at any Shaft Angle. (See page 152.)
— Draw the given axes A C and D C meeting at the apex C. Lay
off the distances A B and D G equal to the pitch radii of the gears.
Draw B H and G H parallel to the axes, and from their intersection,
the pitch point H, draw the center line H C to the apex. Lay off H S
equal to the given face. Draw Q H R at right angles to H C.
152
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
^-•ADDENDUM
/ ^--CLEARANCE
-- £ OF INCREMENT
Lay off H P and H M each equal to the known addendum and
M N equal to the known clearance. Draw P C, M C and N C.
P C H is the increment angle or the addendum angle. P C D is
the face angle, N C D is the cut angle.
The "backing" is the distance from the pitch line to the back
end of the hub.
The small ends of the teeth are at the "front," and the large ends
at the "back" of the gear.
The working pitch diameter of the gear is the diameter H V.
The outside diameter is P T. The increment or difference between
POWER TRANSMISSION
153
the pitch and the outside diameters, is variable with the angle of
the gear, not being the same for all gears of the same pitch, as
with spur gears.
[Phila. Gear Works, Phila., Pa.]
Form for Ordering
Gear;
Number of Teeth
Pitch (Circular.
I Diametral
Face
Bore
Pitch Diameter
Backing
Length Through Hub .
Diameter of Hub
Keyway
Material. .
Pinion
Number of Teeth =
0 Pitch (Circular. = c
I Diametral = *
F Face = f
B Bore = b
D' Pitch Diameter = d'
X Backing = x
L Length Through Hub. = 1
H Diameter of Hub = h
Keyway =
Material. . =
When ordering either gear or pinion, always give number of
teeth of mate. Distance x is sometimes taken to the pitch
diameter — always state how it is taken.
* Number of teeth to inch of pitch diameter.
154 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Mitre Gear Angles and Outside Diameter of One Diametral Pitch
NOTE — To obtain outside diameter, divide diameter given in table by the
required diametral pitch. Angles given are fixed for the number of teeth as listed.
Number
of teeth
Face
Angle
Back
Angle
O.D. for one
Dia. Pitch
lumber
of teeth
Face
Angle
Back
Angle
O.D. for one
Dia. Pitch
8-
55.12
10.12
9.41
76
46.06
1.06
77.41
9
54.00
9.00
10.41
77
46.05
1.05
78.40
10
53.10
8.10
11.41
78
46.03
1.03
79.41
11
52.36
7.36
12.41
79
46.02
1.02
80.41
12
51.75
6.75
13.41
80
46.00
1.00
81.41
13
51.23
6.23
14.41
81
46.00
1.00
82.41
14
50.79
5.79
15.41
82
45.98
.98
83.41
15
50.40
5.40
16.41
83
45.97
.97
84.41
16
50.06
5.06
17.41
84
45.96
.96
85.41
17
49.80
4.80
18.41
85
45.95
.95
86.41
18
49.50
4.50
19.41
86
45.94
.94
87.41
19
49.30
4.30
20.41
87
45.93
.93
88.41
20
49.05
4.05
21.41
88
45.92
.92
89.41
21
48.86
3.86
22.41
89
45.91
.91
90.41
22
48.68
3.68
23.41
90
45.90
.90
91.41
23
48.52
3.52
24.41
91
45.89
.89
92.41
24
48.37
3.37
25.41
92
45.88
.88
93.41
25
48.24
3.24
26.41
93
45.88
.88
94.41
26
48.11
3.11
27.41
94
45.87
.87
95.41
27
48.00
3.00
28.41
95
45.87
.86
96.41
28
47.89
2.89
29.41
96
45.86,
.85
97.41
29
47.79
2.79
30.41
97
45.86
.84
98.41
30
47.67
2.67
31.41
98
45.85
.83
99.41
POWER TRANSMISSION
155
Number
of teeth
Face
Angle
Back
Angle
O.D. for one
Dia. Pitch
Number
of teeth
Face
Angle
Back
Angle
O.D. for one
Dia. Pitch
31
47.61
2.61
32.41
99
45.85
.83
100.41
32
47.53
2.53
33.41
100
45.84
.82
101.41
33
47.45
2.45
34.41
102
45.79
.79
103.41
34
47.39
2.39
35.41
104
45.78
.78
105.41
35
47.31
2.31
36.41
105
45.77
.77
106.41
36
47.24
2.24
37.41
106
45.76
.76
107.41
37
47.19
2.19
38.41
108
45.75
.75
109.41
38
47.13
2.13
39.41
110
45.73
.73
111.41
39
47.08
2.08
40 ..41
112
45.72
.72
113.41
40
47.00
2.00
41.41
114
45.71
.71
115.41
41
46.97
.97
42.41
116
45.70
.70
117.41
42
46.93
.93
43.41
118
45.69
.69
119.41
43
46.88
.88
44.41
120
45.68
.68
121.41
44
46.84
.84
45.41
122
45.66
.66
123.41
45
46.80
.CO
46.41
124
45.65
.65
125.41
46
46.76
.76
47.41
126
45.64
.64
127.41
47
46.72
.72
48.41 '
128
45.63
.63
129.41
48
46.68
.68
49.41
130
45.62
.62
131.41
49
46.65
.65
50.41
132
45.61
.61
133.41
50
46.62
.62
51.41
134
45.60
.60
135.41
51
46.58
.58
52.41
136
45.59
.59
137.41
52
46.55
.55
53.41
138
45.58
.58
139.41
53
46.52
.52
54.41
140
45.57
.57
141.41
54
46.50
1.50
55.41
142
45.56
.56
143.41
55
46.47
1.49
56.41
144
45.55
.55
145.41
56
46.44
1.44
57.41
146
45.55
.55
147.41
57
46.41
1.41
58.41
148
45.55
.55
149.41
58
46.38
1.38
59.41
150
45.54'
.54
151.41
59
46.35
1.35
60.41
152
45.54
.54
153.41
60
46.33
1.34
61.41
154
45.53
.53
155.41
61
46.32
1.32
62.41
156
45.52
.52
157.41
62
46.30
1.30
63.41
158
45.51
.51
159.41
63
46.28
1.28
64.41
160
45.50
.50
161.41
64
46.26
1.26
65.41
65
46.24
1.24
66.41
66
46.22
1.22
67.41
67
46.20
1.20
68.41
68
46.19
1.19
69.41
69
46.18
1.18
70.41
70
46.16
1.16
71.41
71
46.15
1.15
72.41
72
46.11
1.11
73.41
73
46.09
1.09
74.41
74
46 08
1 08
75 41
75
46.06
1.06
76.41
••
••
••
Copyright by Foote Bros. Gear and Machine Co., Chicago.
156 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
WORM GEARING
Terms — pitch and diametral pitch are same as for spur gears.
Lead = number of threads X linear pitch. Linear pitch of worm =
circular pitch of wheel. Normal pitch = cosine of lead angle X
., , TV, , ,. f -L i number of teeth X cir. pitch,
linear pitch. Pitch dia. of wheel =
... , pitch dia. of worm X TT ... ""j
Cotangent of lead angle = j — -r . In gear table
on pages 158 and 159, axial tooth angle = 60 degs., pressure angle =
30 degs.
Worm wheels have straight or concave faces, an illustration of the
latter is shown on page 157. Angle A is preferably 30 degs., although
it may be between 30 and 35. Wheels may have the following pro-
portions in terms of circular pitch P. Width of face = 2 P. Dimen-
sions of tooth on pitch line, thickness = .49 P, height = .35 P,
depth = .45 P.
CURVED WORM
Worms are either straight or curved. The straight has a constant
pitch diameter over its entire surface. In the curved, the worm has
the form of an hour glass, the object being to get a greater surface
contact than can be obtained with a straight worm. The Hindley
worm is of the curved type. To get the maximum efficiency the
worm should be as small in diameter as practical. Length generally
six times the pitch.
POWER TRANSMISSION
Form for Ordering Worm and Worm Gear
157
Worm Gear
Number of Teeth =
Pitch (Circular) = C
Face = F
Bore = B
Pitch Diameter = D'
Length Through Hub .x. = L
Projection from Center = M
Keyway
Material
Right or Left Hand
Worm
Pitch
(Distance from center to
center of teeth.)
Lead (Advance in one
revolution)
Pitch Diameter
Outside Diameter.
Bore
Length
Projection of Hub
Keyway
Material
Right or Left Hand
d'
d
b
1
P
Distance between Centers .
158 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
M
•§
c^ CD ^H co GO to co o co TJ<
.
flj O OS ^ OO CO O C<l OO -> Ci t'* ^O Oi ^H O CS| lO »O Oi ^ CO ^ O O C5 C5 ^t* >O -K CC ^ (
If
M-<
c« (3
s 1
3^ S^c^§^^^2^2i§c«c5ooo^^o^^^^^o^^,
CM ^-
"2-s §!&
o^c^^cococo^Sc5F;f^F;^.6ooo^t>.>oF:6oo5«oo(
SJ ooS^^^c^oo^co, ° » ° ^^00§t-'-1
j.-e ^^c^^^SSP'
£^
i
[•
i
i
p
> ^ i_l t^ CO «5 10 10
) *-H ^H O O5 t~* t^- t^
) »O 1C IO O OO Oi O5
j 10 kC "5 «5 >O "5 1C
POWER TRANSMISSION
159
) CO t^- GO OO
ISK^S
eo « IM w cc co
C^l C^J
I
^O^O COOCOCOiOCO
t^l>.OO CO O O O <M CO
COCOCO-^
S88§S188i88ail8l.iliEH8l888i3lll sllil
''''
160
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
HELICAL GEARS
Helical gears (often miscalled spiral gears) have angular teeth,
and can be used when the shafts to be connected are not parallel.
The tooth dimensions are obtained from the normal pitch (de-
termined by the cutter used) which is the same as the circular pitch
of spur gears. The circumferential pitch depends on the tooth angle,
and when this is 45 degs., the velocity at the pitch line is the same for
both gears, but at angles other than 45 the velocity is different.
With helical gears the velocity ratio depends on the tooth angles
and the diameters of the pitch surfaces.
DIRECTION OF ROTATION AND THRUST OF HELICAL GEARS
R
°" RIGHT
HAND
DRIVER-' ^"B SPRING "^DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER-
[Boston Gear Works, Norfolk Downs, Mass.]
**- DRIVEN-
The driving gear is the one having the greatest tooth angle, the
velocity being independent of the pitch diameters. Gears of the
same hand will run together on shafts set at 90 degs., and those of
opposite hand on parallel shafts. Helical gears are preferable to
bevel when smooth running is required — furthermore greater speed
reductions can be obtained with helical.
POWER TRANSMISSION
161
Formulae
Driver
Follower
Pitch dia. =
number of teeth X cir. pitch
Pitch dia. =
number of teeth X cir. pitch
7T
Circular pitch - * X pitch dia>
7T
r- Illar ™trh IT X pitch dia.
number of teeth
Cosine tooth pitch angle of driver
normal circular pitch
Circular pitcn — , . ,
number of teeth
Tooth angle of follower = angle
between shafts — tooth angle
circular pitch
of driver
When the axes of the gears are at right angles, the number of teeth
either in the driver or the follower = pitch dia. X normal pitch X
cosine of tooth angle.
HERRINGBONE GEARS
Herringbone or double helical gears consist of two single helical
gears reversed, that is, one right hand helix and one left hand. The
teeth may meet at the center of the gear face, or the teeth may be
staggered one half pitch apart as in the Wuest gear with a groove cut
of one half the pitch on each side of the center of the gear face. In
Wuest gears the teeth have a pitch angle of 23 degs., and are of in-
volute form with a 20 deg. angle of obliquity.
P' = circular pitch
P = diametral pitch
Pitch dia. (20 teeth and over)
N = number of teeth in a gear
W = width of face
Pitch dia. (under 20 teeth)
.95 N + 1
Addendum = -^
Full depth =~
Dedendum = =
1 A
Working depth = ~-
Standard face width for gears with pinions of not less than 25
teeth is equal to 6 P', and for face widths for high ratio gears with
small pinions 6 P' to 12 P'.
SECTION IV
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
TRADE CUSTOMS — STANDARD WROUGHT IRON PIPE EXTRA STRONG
WROUGHT IRON PIPE — DOUBLE EXTRA STRONG WROUGHT IRON
PIPE COUPLINGS NIPPLES BOILER TUBES — STEEL
TUBES BRASS AND COPPER TUBES PIPE BENDS
FLANGES — FITTINGS — VALVES — COCKS-
EXPANSION JOINTS
Trade Customs Pertaining to Wrought Iron and Steel Pipe for
Steam, Water and Gas.
Specify whether wrought iron or steel pipe is required.
Pipe is designated by its nominal inside diameter from Y% to 15
ins.;' above 15 ins. by the outside diameter, the thickness being
specified.
The outside diameter of pipe heavier than standard has the same
diameter as standard, the extra thickness being on the inside.
The inside diameter of casings is always given.
The sizes of boiler tubes are indicated by their outside diameter.
Pipe is shipped in random lengths 18 to 21 ft. with threads and
couplings, except extra and double extra strong which are shipped
with plain ends. There is an extra charge for pipe cut to specified
lengths — couplings not being furnished unless specified — pipe so cut
is always measured to include the couplings.
Standard pipe cut to given lengths is always furnished with
threaded ends. Extra strong and double extra strong have plain
ends.
Pipe is furnished either butt or lap welded. Butt welded pipe
may be obtained up to 3 ins. diameter, and lap welded from 1^£
in. up.
Pipe threads — see chapter on Threads.
In cutting pipe to order all dimensions should be given from center
to center of valves and fittings.
162
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
163
co &•<# coo <
Ni-l
3-3.2 1
* "I *
l-i
H I
i-iC«300t^t^Tj<^HOOOOOi-iT}<OOCOCDOO<N(
COtN-*O^COOO'—'OC^Gi*OTj<OQOt^O1^'
) Tt< CO <N 00 1-H ?D O3
> t>» t^» t^- O O t^» t^
) O5 iH O O5 -^ CO >O
SOO5
i-HfHC
i-HNeC^t^O3(MiCOOOOO'-HO(Ni-lOCOiOT}<cO
i-li-i(N(NCC'CiO!£)OOOOt>-Ol'-l'-H
ClC^'OiOCO'OCDCOCCOiC^COOCOOt^?
-a -
3 §
> COOSOSCOOi !
) t>- 00 ^H Tfl t>- I
) OO O 00-^ i
ll
H
i-HOOco<
1.111 1
<j HH
rj< iO CD 00 O CO t
,HTHrHr-(iNiMCOTf*Tj<iO»O5Ot>C00005OOO^lN(N
1 1
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Iflii
l£fcSw
ll 1
oo
COIN t-(
El
II
J*
i^c?S^So8||
l> <N OS to' "5 CO <N <N i-4 T-I rH i
^ O
II S
,_! I-H CsJ CO CC •<* >O O 00 I-H <N Tf* CO t^ C
r-'
JI>T}*COCO'-iGOO
d-
03
§ -s
I
OCSOO^COOO^iOCXN'-iCOTfliOCOCMTf'COOCO^CO
C<J<NiOiOCOiOcDCOCOC5C<)cOOCOOt»COiMCOCOCOt^
1-HC^CO"OXCO'-iOOTf(T}<CDiCO5COCO^CDrJ<t>.t>. Tt<'CO
1 8
I 1
OiN^iCt^OCOt>OCOCOO
r-(i-(t-(i-(i-i(NC<J<NCOCOCO'*
I1!
iO O O *O >O
»-^ CO O I"— l>
coco O3 co x i
CC(N(N(M(M»OiC'O
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
165
•g~-'
§ts
££
II
si
II
II
si
1 «
to «
S o.
« G
2 *
i "S
I £
w 4?
^ f
« a
I"
Ig
1C CO 0 -tf CC M (N r-l i-l i-c ^H
CO O O r*
'-
O5 >O Tt* '£>
oooor^
OiNWt^l>-
3 «-H O C5 i-l <N O O t~~-X £*• CO 1
22£S8!
0000<NOtSiMOCDTt*OO
"3 « w
«"o ' 2
I
a .
OrOOiOi
12
II
K!
GO
166
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
PIPE COUPLINGS FOR STANDARD WROUGHT IRON PIPE
Size of
Pipe
Dia. of
Coupling
Length
Weight
Ibs.
Size of
Pipe
Dia. of
Coupling
Length
Weight
Ibs.
l/s
.562
H
.029
4^
5.591
3^
5.241
X
.685
i
.043
5
6.296
4^
8.091
.848
1M
.070
6
7.358
4K
9.554
y
1.024
ijl
.116
7
8.358
4^
10.932
M
1.281
ifi
.209
8
9.358
4%
13.905
1
1.576
iJi
.343
9
10.358
5>i
17.236
IK
1.950
2K
.535
10
11.721
6Xs
29.877
iy2
2.218
2^
.743
11
12.721
6^
32.550
2
2.760
2%
1.208
12
13.958
6^
43.098
2^
3.276
2%
1.720
13
15.208
6H
47.152
3
3.948
3^
2.498
14
16.446
6^
59.493
3K
4.591
3^
4.241
15
17.446
6^
63.294
4
5.091
3^
4.741
For threads per inch see table of Standard Wrought Iron Pipe.
[National Tube Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.]
NIPPLES FOR STANDARD WROUGHT IRON PIPE
(Right and left hand threads)
Short and long nipples have an unthreaded portion or shoulder as
shown in figure. Close nipples have no shoulder. See table page
167.
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
167
NIPPLES (Continued)
Size,
Inches
Length, Inches
*Close
*Short
Long
1M
2
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
X
iy*
2 4
2j|J
2%
2%
3
3%
* These lengths conform to the Manufacturers' Standard.
STANDARD BOILER TUBES
7
Length of
Diameter
o
«
Circumference
Transverse Area
tube per
*fl
fee
sq. ft. of
Nom-
S
c5
inal
r3 o
a fl
Ex-
In-
Weight
Ex-
ter-
_- _1
In-
ternal
1
1$
Ex-
ternal
In-
ternal
Ex-
ternal
In-
ternal
Metal
ternal
Sur-
ternal
Sur-
Per
Foot
nal
*
Km
face
face
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
No.
Ins.
Ins.
Sq. ins.
Sq. ins.
Sq.
ins.
Feet
Feet
Lbs.
1%
1.560
.095
13
5.498
4.901
2.405
1.911
.494
2.182
2.448
1.679
2
1.810
.095
13
6.283
5.686
3.142
2.573
.569
1.909
2.110
1.932
2.060
.095
13
7.069
6.472
3.976
3.333
.643
1.697
.854
2.186
2/^
2.282
.109
12
7.854
7.169
4.909
4.090
.819
1.527
.673
2.783
2M
2.'532
.109
12
8.639
7.955
5.940
5.036
.904
1.388
.508
3.074
3
2.782
.109
12
9.425
8.740
7.069
6.079
.990
1.273
.373
3.365
3/^
3.010
.120
11
10.210
9.456
8.296
7.116
1.180
1.175
.269
4.011
33^
3.260
.120
11
10.996
10.242
9.621
8.347
1.274
1.091
.171
4.331
3M
3.510
.120
11
11.781
11.027
11.045
9.677
1.368
1.018
.088
4.652
4
3.732
.134
10
12.566
11.724
12.566
10.939
1.627
.954
1.023
5.532
4.232
.134
10
14.137
13.295
15.904
14.066
1.838
.848
.902
6.248
5 3
4.704
.148
9
15.708
14.778
19.635
17.379
2.256
.763
.812
7.669
6
5.670
.165
8
18.850
17.813
28.274
25.249
3.025
.636
.673
10.282
7
6.670
.165
8
21.991
20.954
38.485
34.942
3.543
.545
.572
12.044
8
7.670
.165
8
25.133
24.096
50.265
46.204
4.061
.477
.498
13.807
9
8.640
.180
7
28.274
27.143
63.617
58.629
4.988
.424
.442
16.955
10
9.594
.203
6
31.416
30.140
78.540
72.292
6.248
.381
.398
21.240
11
10.560
.220
5
84.558
33.175
95.033
87.582
7.451
.347
.361
25.329
12
11.542
.229
__
37.699
36.260
113.097
104.629
8.468
.318
.330
28.788
13
12.524
.238
4
40.840
39 . 345
132.732
123.190
9.542
.293
.304
32.439
168
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Lap welded boiler tubes, as manufactured by the National Tube
Co., are of open hearth steel. Sizes including 4 in. dia. are tested to
750 Ibs. per sq. in. and above this size to 500.
STEEL TUBES
Cold drawn Shelby seamless steel tubes can be obtained from %
in. to 9 ins. O. D.
Hot rolled can be rolldd from 2 to 9 ins. They cannot be rolled
smaller than 2 ins. O. D. nor with a wall thickness less than 3% of
the outside diameter, provided further that the wall is not thinner
than 11 gauge. Hot rolled tubes are desirable when it is necessary
to machine the outside or inside to finished dimensions.
COMPARISON OF STANDARD WROUGHT IRON PIPE AND SHELBY
SEAMLESS STEEL TUBING
Nominal Size
Nearest Fractional Sij&e
Inside Diameter
of Seamless
Wrought Iron Pipe
Nominal
Weight
Nominal
Thickness
Steel Tubing
per Foot
of Wall
Size
O. D.
0. D.
Thickness
B. W. G.
Ys
.405
.244
.068
%
16 Ga.
1A
.540
.424
.088
%
14 Ga.
H
.675
.567
.091
%
13 Ga.
H
.840
.850
.109
%
12 Ga.
H
1.050
1.130
.113
We
12 Ga.
i
1.315
1.678
.133
I'Xe
10 Ga.
IK
1.660
2.272
.140
m
9Ga.
V4
1.900
2.717
.145
1%
9Ga.
2
2.375
3.652
.154
W*
%
23^
2.875
5.793
.203
2%
6 Ga,
3 "
3.500
7.575
.216
Zl/2
%
*H
4.000
9.109
.226
4
4Ga.
4
4.500
10.790
.237
4^
4Ga.
4^
5.000
12.538
.247
5
1A
5
5.563
14.617
.258
5^
%
6
6.625
18.974
.280
6^
%
7
7.625
23.544
.301
7^
YK
8
8.625
28.554
.322
8^
%
9
9.625
33.907
.342
9^
%
10
10.750
40.483
.365
10%
11
11.750
45.557
.375
11%
^8
12
12.750
49.562
.375
12%
H
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
169
1 1 1 »
g 5^3 .J§ 8 cc,o |
- If!
§lg
er-3^
M
00 O <M
i-l lO iO
2 § 3 2
as
II
.1
170 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
PIPE BENDS
LAP WELDED STEEL PIPE
SINGLE OFFSET
QUARTER
QUARTER BEND J45'DEND
51NGLEOFF5ET U BEND
DOUBLE OFFSET
U BEND
EXPANSION U BEND
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
171
Minimum radius of pipe bend, 5 times the outside diameter of
the pipe. Bends with shorter radii have practically no expansion
value as they buckle in bending. All radii taken to center line ot
pipe.
Size of pipe, ins.
aj
3
N
4
4|
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
15
16
18
20
22
24
R = minimum
advisable ra-
dius, ins
12J
15
m
20
22i
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
75
80
108
120
132
144
L = minimum
tangent length
ins
•4
4
6
5
6
6
7
8
9
11
12
14
16
16
IS
18
18
18
18
COPPER AND STEEL PIPE
Minimum radius should be at least 5 times the outside diameter
of the pipe.
THICKNESS OF STEEL PIPE FOR BENDS
Up to 125 Pounds Working Pressure
Radius Pipe Size Pipe
4 to 5 diameters 7 inches and smaller Extra strong
8 inches and larger J^ inch thick
Over 5 diameters 7 inches and larger Full weight
8 inches 28.55 pounds per foot
10 inches 40.48 pounds per foot
12 inches 49.56 pounds per foot
14 inches to 16 inches, inclusive.5/^ inch thick
18 inches to 22 inches, inclusive. % inch thick
24 inches to 30 inches, inclusive . 7/fe inch thick
125 Pounds to 250 Pounds Working Pressure
4 to 5 and 6 diameters 7 inches and smaller Extra strong
8 inches and larger ^ inch thick
Over 6 diameters 7 inches and smaller Full weight
8 inches 28.55 pounds per foot
10 inches 40.48 pounds per foot
12 inches 49.56 pounds per foot
14 inches to 16 inches, inclusive.^ inch thick
18 inches to 22 inches, inclusive . 7/{6 inch thick
24 inches to 30 inches, inclusive . % inch thick
250 Pounds to 350 Pounds Working Pressure
4 diameters and over 7 inches and smaller Extra strong
8 inches and larger % inch thick
172
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
FLANGES
STANDARD AND Low PRESSURE FLANGES
(For pressures up to 125 Ibs.)
Size
Inches
Diameter
of Flanges
Inches
Thickness
of Flanges
Inches
Bolt
Circle
Inches
Number
of
Bolts
Size of
Bolts
Inches
Length
of Bolts
Inches
1
4
74
3
4
rx
13^
1%
4/^
l/£
3/^
4
7/J6
1/^2
5
9/ie
3%
4
1/2
1%
2 2
6
5/£
4%
4
5^
2
7
11^.
5/^
4
H
2%
3 2
%
6
4
2^
g]^
7
4
a
4
9
15/ie
73/2
8
y%
2%
4/^
9%
15/fe
7%
8
%
2%
5
10
15/ie
8
%
2%
6
11
1
93^
8
%
3
7 12^
l^e
10%
8
%
3
8
9
15
1H
13%
8
12
%
3%
3%
10
16
l3/ie
14%
12
%
33^
12
19
1%
17
12
%
33^
14
21
\Y%
18%
12
i
4
15
22%
1%
20
16
i
4
16
23^
l7/f6
21%
16
i
4
18
25
!9/f6
22%
16
i^
43/£
20
273^
I1 Me
25
20
4%
22
293^
I13/ie
27%
20
1%
5
24
32
1J/8
29^
20
1%
5%
26
34%
2
31%
24
1%
28
36^
2K6
34
28
1%
53^
30
38%
36
28
5%
32
41%
2%
383^
28
13!
6%
34
43%
25/f6
40^
32
63^
36
46
2/^
42%
32
13^
Q^A
38
48%
2?/8
45%
32
l/'s
6%
40
50%
2^
47%
36
1H
7
American standard in effect Januar}' 1, 1915. Flanges can be
obtained in cast iron, malleable iron and cast steel. The drilling
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
173
templates are in multiples of four, so that fittings may be made to
face in any quarter and bolt holes straddle the center line. Bolt
holes are drilled K inch larger than nominal diameter of bolts.
TEMPLATES FOR DRILLING
Extra Heavy and Medium Flanged Valves and Extra Heavy
Flanged Fittings — American Standard — Effective January 1, 1915.
Size
in
inches
Diameter
in inches
of Flanges
Thickness
of Flanges
in inches
Bolt
Circle in
inches
Number
of
Bolts
Size in
inches
of Bolts
Length
in inches
of Bolts
Length in
inches of
Studs with
2 Nuts
1
43^
BUJ
3/4
4
1A
2
1/4
5
f*
3^4
4
y&
234
....
13/2
.6
*3/ifi
4
%
2K
....
2
63/J2
K
5 2
4
%
2K
2/^>
*11A
i
5K
4
^4
3
3
8/4
IK
6K
8
/4
3/4
3K
9
1^6
7/4
8
M
3/4
. ] . .
4
10
7K
8
$
33^
....
43^
10K
l5/fe
S^2
8
X
S^/2
....
5
11
IK
9/4
8
%
3/4
....
6
\2,1A
174
10%
12
|
3/4
! ! ! !
7
14
IH
UK
12
4
8
15
13
12
K
434
! ! ! !
9
16/4
1/4
14
12
i
4/4
10
173^
IK
1534
16
i
5
12
20K
2
17%
16
1%
534
14
23
2K
20^
20
IK
5K
....
15
16
24K
253/6
234
22 K
20
20
1M
6 4
....
18
28
2K
24/4
24
1/4
6/4
....
20
303/£
23^
27
24
IK
6K
22
33
29^4
24
1^
7
24
36
2/4
32
24
7/^
*9K
26
3834
213/f6
34^
28
IK
7/4
10
28
40 ?4
215/ie
37
28
IK
8
10
30
43
3
39M
28
1/4
8/4
i03/£
32
45/4
3/1?
28
IK
8K
11
34
47K
3/4
4331
28
IK
9
36
50
3K
46
32
IK
9/4
UK
38
52H
3 Ms
48
32
IK
9/4
11^2
40
42
54^
57
3-^6
52?!
36
36
IK
IK
9^4
12
12
44
5934
3^i16
55
36
2
10
12^
46
61*3
3K
5714
40
2
io/4
13
48
65
4
60 M
40
2
103^
13
174
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
3
co
d
S3
CO
.|
s
oc^w
.^
s
a^S
1
02
<o
pg
1
t-i
*Q
i-l
o 2
CH O
s
8^3?
8|
1
05
O C<l ^
2 W
'S
O
^'^^
FO Q
3 'S
<§
»
sss
-I
00
s-^
ja
•
*
^^cf
OJ ^>
i
CO
p«
II
cS o
l
«
J-J^S
3 O iT5
02 CC l>
bC c ^
5
PS
&
•<*
O »"H T-H
'S 1 fl
CO
.25
l^g
i
CO
^??
|S|
i
$
S^S
111
s
CM
50^ 2<
511
O g bfi
1
5
0^
•ill
2 2^
1
3
«^5
c^ 'S' ^ £
u
-
^^^
S^sj
j
CQ
A— Diameter of Flange .Inches
B— Thickness of Flange. Inches
C— Length of Hub Inches
|5ff I
a > Q t<
o,^^^
SSI »
•S § *§ S
-rt & "* f-1
^ W2 O2 O
f , (D QJ _f-]
fe H GQ C
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
175
I— O— I
M
CO^Hg
a
g$SS$|
§
o^ocooco
oo '
as®&i'
CO
^C<l C ) O>
s
fsgpi
a
co^|Sg
TC
f«S«$S
0
PL £-c ^ §) ^< cc
0,
SSJSfg
00
S*5»SS
-
•*^^cfo
0
P^cfo,
US
=55SS*
5
I^SS^
%
O^H cc^< co «b
1
a
linn
::::::
§
ra
A— Diameter of Flange
B— Thickness of Flange
C— Length of Hub, Regular
D— Length of Hu.b, Short
E— Length of Hub, Forged Steel
F— Diameter of Lap
176
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
BRASS AND COPPER TUBES
When ordering seamless brass and copper tubes state whether in-
side or outside diameter is required, otherwise outside diameter is
shipped. In designating thickness, Stubs' (Birmingham Wire
Gauge) or Brown and Sharpe is given. Tubes can be obtained with
hard or soft temper, the latter should be specified if they are to be
bent or flanged. They can be obtained in a variety of dimensions,
the following table gives common sizes.
SEAMLESS BRASS* TUBES
c Outside
dia., ins.
Stubs'
gauge — exact
Weight per
foot, Ibs.
Outside
dia., ins.
Stubs'
gauge — exact
Weight per
foot, Ibs.
Ys
21
.034
ijj
14
1.48
%
21
.057
iM
13
1.82
i^
20
.087
2
13
2.09
%
20
.112
2
16
1.45
7^
19
.161
234
12 *
2.69
19
.192
2/4
16
1.64
1^
18
.255
2/^
12
3.01
9/ie
18
.290
2/^
16
1.83
5^
18
.326
2%
12
3.32
/•£
17
.463
3
11
3.99
Ji
17
.547
3
16
2.20
1
16
.700
3M
10
4.82
1H
16
.790
33-12
10
5.21
15-
.98
4
10
5.98
18
14
1.24
ix
14
1.36
*For weight of copper tubes multiply by 1.051.
Seamless brass and copper tubes are also rolled in standard iron
pipe sizes y8, M, */8, 1A, %, 1, 1M, 1^, 2, 2^, 3, 3^, 4, 4^, 5, 6, 7,
8, 9 and 10 ins., and in extra heavy iron pipe sizes Y^ 1A, %, %> %>
1, 1M, 1)4 2, 2^, 3, 31A, 4, 434 5, 6, 7 and 8 ins. For outside and
inside diameters see pages 163 and 164. Brass .307 cu. in. weighs
1 lb., copper .321 cu. in. weighs 1 Ib.
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
177
FITTINGS
Standard fittings are guaranteed to 125 Ibs. working pressure
and extra heavy to 250 Ibs.
Standard fittings and flanges are plain faced, while extra heavy
inside of the bolt holes have a raised surface l/^" high.
In describing fittings the run is first named, then the outlet.
LENGTH OF THREAD ON PIPE THAT is SCREWED INTO VALVES
, FITTINGS TO MAKE A TIGHT JOINT
0
b.
j
Dia. of pipe
Length of thread
on pipe-
Dia. of pipe
Length of thread
on pipe
0
iL.
/'o
Z4
3x2
1
M
3^
4
1
X
3^
4^
1
>•
1^
5
1
H
%
y2
6
1
W
i
5/8
7
1
(£
IX
8
id
%
9
m
xj
2
%
10
\¥
Z
2/'*>
T/£
12
D
3
1
« i 3
EXTRA HEAVY CAST IRON SCREW FITTINGS
(For steam pressures up to 250 Ibs.)
(See figures, page 178)
ss
(- U
Z *
Id (L
2U
m
Size Inches
A-Center to Face .... Inches
AA-Face to Face Inches
B-Center to Face .... Inches
E-Outside Diameter
of Bead Inches
F- Width of Bead .... Inches
G-Thread Length .... Inches
H
-:!4
l»A
1
2^6
Size Inches
A-Center to Face .... Inches
AA-Face to Face .... Inches
B-Center to Face .... Inches
E-Outside Diameter
of .Bead Inches
F- Width of Bead Inches
G-Thread Length .... Inches
2^6
6
5
5%
lOWe
3*1,
178
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
STANDARD CAST IRON SCREW FITTINGS
(For steam pressures up to 125 Ibs.)
Size
A-Center to Face
AA-Face to Face . .
B-Center to Face .
C-Center to Face .
D-Face to Face . . .
E-O.D. of Bead . . .
F-Width of Bead.
G-Thread Length .
. . Inches
. .Inches
. Inches
. .Inches
. .Inches
. . Inches
. . Inches
. .Inches
. . Inches
29/f6
!7/f6
H
We
1
3
15
iiie
113^6
3
4
l»/6
2
%¥
5 *
6»
4
i
1
i$
1%
5%
Size
A-Center to Face . .
AA-Face to Face . .
B-Center to Face . .
C-Center to Face. .
D-Face to Face
E-O. D. of Bead.. .
F-Width of Bead..
G-Thread Length . .
. Inches
. Inches
. .Inches
. Inches
. Inches
. Inches
. Inches
. Inches
. Inches
•:n?
7H
4%
l£
&
8*
!
1M
10
4^6
16
20%
IK
12
19^
4JX
The Center to Face and Face to Face dimensions of Reducing Tees and Crosses
are determined as follows: For AA-Face to Face, add to the outside diameter E
of outlet bead, twice the width F of the run bead.
For A-Center to Face, add to the width F of outlet bead, one-half the diameter E
of the run-bead.
X = A -
Y = B -
Z = C -
For Example AA of a 2 x %
Tee
equals 1% + "/f6 + "^ =
3% Inches.
A = % + 1114 =
2% Inches.
{Wai worth Mfg. Co., Boston,
Mass.]
AA — I
The sizes of fittings are determined by the largest opening whether
in run or branch.
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
179
J fe&l
ooooo5O5co«5ooot^-:i,
(NCO-ilM •»* CO CQC^"
<CO*-«<M co eo ~H
O 1C ^. CO <
I «O<M O OO (M -«3
r-HOO-^OC^lOt^-C^ -1C
i-( r^. co 10 <M oo o ^H .
1C i-l l^ >C ^H
180 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
SS*
£ - ':
§ i§ QO CO •
5 S
OO ^
$ ob
oo o> ^H r-
!>• CO t^ <M
-GO 1-1 C
-ioi>-
•** t~ O>
!>• CO <0
§ g
55 S
§3 :
00 00 O5 ^H O5
CO >O (M IO *-l
S g 5 2
M
S S
8 3
\N\N
O O t^- ^*
^
\N\00
§8
2 § 2 S
O CD ~M (M t^
CD o -rfi oo o
O OO l C500
»-H 1C O COt^
\N\CO
S 2 S
0
2 8 g
o£o o^ S"o
CQ O
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
181
G
l!
*|
1
O
ooo— <«o o •<*< 10 IM r~ 1-1
cq -H 10 r- cc co 0 <M -f-.-i
-H 05 <M -0
^H OO -«}< U5 (M O t
»-H OO •* K5 (M OO «D IN
\C4\M
*-\FH\
OOCOOOOOiOl^OOOSOOl
— < co -H c<i ^- -^ co — r-i
--
"3 S fc
illlilliU
3333*33^
Illll
182
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
VALVES
Check valves are only for use when the flow of steam or water is
always in one direction. Globe and angle valves should be installed
to close against pressure, for if installed the opposite way they could
not be opened if the valve disc became detached from the stem.
Gate valves should always have their spindles vertical.
Standard valves are for pressures up to 125 Ibs, extra heavy for
pressures up to 250.
Valves under 6 ins. have screwed ends, over this size the valves
dta on check, globe, angle and gate valves was
supplied by Crane Co., Chicago, 111.
HORIZONTAL PATTERN, CUSHIONED— CHECK VALVE
EXTRA HEAVY BRASS
Number Part
1 Body
2 Disc
Number Part
3 Cap
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
DIMENSIONS
183
Size
Ins.
A
B
H
j
H
2154
3^
4
7^6
i
3K
4^
4^
y2
iM
4&
4134
5
i7^
1H
4^
5^2
6
%
2
5^
6^
VA
H
GLOBE, ANGLE AND CROSS VALVES — STOP AND SCREW DOWN
CHECK
1 Body
2 Seat
3 Disc (stop)
4 Cotter pin
5 Disc nut
6 Bonnet
7 Bonnet studs
8 Gland
9 Gland studs
10 Stem stop
11 Wheel
12 Wheel nut
(Continued on page 184)
184 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
STOP AND SCREW DOWN CHECK VALVES — Continued
DIMENSIONS — STANDARD IRON BODY
Size
Ins.
B
c
H
j
R
T
* 2
8
4
6
%
673
11%
2%
8%
4/<C
7
ii/j^
6/^
ll/^
3
91/
4%
7%
i¥
7K
13%
4
I\y2
5M
9 2
154
9 2
15%
4%
12
6
9/^
1(Z
9
15%
5
13
6%
10
15/ie
10
17/€
6
14
7
11
1
12
19
7
16
8
12%
Ilxl6
14
213^
8
17
8%
13%
11/g
16
23^
10
20
10
16
l/'ie
18
27^
12
24
12
19
u2
20
DIMENSIONS — EXTRA HEAVY BRASS
Size
Ins.
10
13
15
4%
4%
6%
9
10
11
9
9
10
10
12
14
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
SWINGING CHECK — EXTRA HEAVY BRASS
185
Number Part
1 Body
2 Disc
Number Part
5 Cotter pin
6 Hinge pin
3 Hinge 7 Stop plug
4 Disc nut 8 Cap
DIMENSIONS
Size
Ins.
A
B
H
J
1
3^
5%
4^
y2
IX
4//8
6/^
5
413/16
73//i
6
9/ie
2
5%
8H
6^
$
In the valve shown, the swing of the disc can be controlled by
the plug stop.
186
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS-
SWINGING CHECK — STANDARD IRON BODY
Number
1
2
3
4
5
Part
Body
Seat
Disc
Disc nut
Disc pin
Number
6
7
8
9
Part
Hinge
Hinge pin
Cap
Cap bolts
DIMENSIONS
Size
Ins.
B
H
J
Size
Ins.
B
H
J
2^
10
7
H4
6
16
11
1
3
11
7^
H
8
18
13H
m
4
13
9
154
10
22
16
l^e
5
15
10
154
12
26
19
IM
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
CHECK VALVES — BOLTED CAP
187
Horizontal and angle pattern, bolted bonnet, extra heavy brass
Number
Part
1
Body
2
Seat
3
Disc
4
Cap
Cap Studs
DIMENSIONS
Size, Inches.
10
188
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
4
5
5K
6K
8K
9
11
13
7^
8K
11
UK
14
19
11
UK
E
W
43/l6
7
94
2 K
2%
2%
3 /'s
4
4
4
K
9
10
IK
M
o?4
9K
UK
3
3
4K
6
6K
9
1
1
1 M
2
2
2K
All dimensions in inches. Valve shown operated either by wheel
K or by lever I.
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
189
STANDARD BRASS — NON-RISING STEM
Number Part
Number Part
1 Body 6 Gland
2 Disc 7 Stem
3 Bonnet 8 Wheel
4 Stuffing box 9 Wheel nut
5 Stuffing nut
DIMENSIONS
Size
Ins.
A
B
H
J
p
s
1
^ •
3yg
4
i¥
5^6
2^
2154
3%
43^
67/f6
3^6
!H
3M
4%
5
7/ie
7J4
3^
2
w$
51/4
6
K
8^4
414
190 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
IRON BODY — RISING AND NON-RISING STEM
® ®© ® ® ® ©
Number Part
1 Body
2 Disc
3 Body ring
4 Pin
Number Part
5 Stem ring
6 Stem
7 Bonnet
8 Bonnet bolts
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
191
Number
Part
Number
9
Bonnet bushing
14
10
Gland
15
11
Gland studs
16
12'
Yoke
17
13
Yoke bolts
18
Part
Yoke sleeve
Wheel
Stuffing box bushing
Stuffing box
Wheel nut
STANDARD DIMENSIONS
Size
Ins.
B
H
J
0
p
R
2
7
6
%
14^
11%
63^
2//£
7/12
7
ii^g
16
12%
63-12
3
8
73^
%
19
1434
7/^2
3/^
&1A
83/6
13-i6
21 %
15%
73^
4
9
9
15/ie
24
16%
9
4/^j
93^
9/4
15/fe
25^
17%
9
5
JO
10
15/i6
283^
19
10
6
103^
11
1
31%
20%
12
7
11
123/6
l1-^
37%
23
12
8
113^
133^6
IH
41
26
14
9
12
15
44%
28
14
10
12
13
14
16
19
li
50
57%
30%
35%
16
18
EXTRA HEAVY DIMENSIONS
Size
Ins.
B
H
J
0
P
R
1%
63^
5
%
10%
8%
5
lj*i
73^i
6
13/i6
12%
9%
53^
2
83^
63^
Ji
13%
10H
63^
9/^2
73/2
1
16
73^
3
HH
8%
\y%
193/6
14%
9
33-12
4
11 j|
12
9
10 .
l%
22
24^
17%
10
12
43^
13%
103^
!5/i6
27
18%
12
5
15
11
1%
29%
2034
14
6
'123^2
l7/fe
34%
23 -
16
7
16ki
14
l/^
38
24%
18
8
163^
15
1%
42%
28%
20
9
17
16%
1%
47
30^
20
10
12
18
20>|
2
52%
60
333%
37%
22
24
192 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
COCKS
M>
Size of Cock
z
Dimensions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
§
s
u
V
w
X
Y
b
Number
of bolts
Dia. of
bolt circle
d
IK
IK
IK
2K
ijl
2M
25/l6
3
IK
KG
1H
5 8
1
15l
2K
4
3K
1M
6
2M
2%
3
2K
5
3
15!
2K
4M
3K
2J4
33/f6
5K
3^6
4K
7
23J
i«
2K
K
5K
4
7
4K
k
4K
2
IK
2
2%
2^6
3%
K
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
193
EXPANSION JOINTS
Of the joints shown on the following pages, the copper expansion
joints are for pressures up to 25 lbs.f while those of the stuffing box
type are for higher pressures as in main steam lines.
OOPPER EXPANSION JOINTS
B
Copper expansion joints A and B are recommended where the ex-
pansion and contraction does not exceed J^ in. A is particularly
suitable for high vacuum systems. Besides the joints shown there
are others made of corrugated copper which may be used for pressures
higher than 25 Ibs. Pipe lines must be anchored to force the joints
to compensate for the expansion and contraction in the pipe.
Face to face
Face to face
Size
of flanges
Dia.
Size
of flanges
Dia.
of
of
of
of
pipe
Type A
TypeB
flanges
pipe
Type A
TypeB
flanges
4
51A
8
9
14
6
12
21
5
5Y2
9
10
15
6
12
22 M
6
6
9
11
16
6
12
23^
7
6
10
12H
18
6^
13
25
8
6
10
13^
20
6^
13
27 H
9
6
11
15
22
7
14
29M
10
6
11
16
24
7
14
32
12
6
11
19
26
8
15
34M
[Crane Co., Chicago, III.]
194 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
F-i Ml
o C
3 •« £
9 'f >
O I
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
X NOO
iNCOCOlMi-Hi-l1"1!-!!-!
r x x f
2 ~ 3 8
OOM<0(NeCiO 1 r-<OOO
t-li-lTHi-Hi-ii-iiM C^CS
ao •*> T-I t- *t) m
1-1 (N CO
>oeo'-i
i-( <N CO
HH
'
H
SB
jg
195
193
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
197
CO 3 S TH in TH
O CO TH CO CO •* (N
\co \oo \«
§ S TH
N» ^ ^
oo ob o *c ec «N
(N CO iO TH TH TH
CO t^ t~ 05 IN O 00
£ § S 3 S
35
CO u? t>- 00 O
rH (N CO Tj< TH
CO «3 l>- 00 O 00 00
00 rH OS 00
O 00 00
\^ \^ Njo
CO (X) O t^ 00
CO T}< TH
IN Tf 10 ^ 00 1> ^
2 3
3 §5
S^ \^ N^ \^l ^O
CO 1C P- OO CD 00
IN CO Tt<
(N rj< CD ^ 1C 'tl
\oo NOB \2 \2
^\ io\ ,-X r-V
S Si
I I B g : : : !
« f ? ? « i : :
'3 •* 00 05 ^ • I ^
'g'o'o'oEl^pB
I I
S ^
Illll
II II II II II
<p y> <B ;
333:
£?? i
Tt< oo cq ff •
o o ? S I ^ «
J3 43 A . jj O ««
ff f f j* * •
1 1 3 a g 1 1
PQOOOrHHfHO W
II II
M t-i
•SS8JJ AVO^
•ssajj q3?H
198
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
g H
I
to
PIPE, TUBES AND FITTINGS
I
199
I
I
'-I
O OS 05 O i-l
S.S
SECTION V
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
TURNBUCKLES — SLEEVE NUTS — THIMBLES — SOCKETS — WIRE ROPE —
SHACKLES — SISTER HOOKS — CLEVIS NUTS — EYE BOLTS —
HOOKS— SLINGS — ROPE AND CHAIN — CHAIN-HOIST-
ING AND ANCHOR — DRUM SCORES FOR
CHAIN AND ROPE
TURNBUCKLES
Turnbuckles may have rods with eye or hook ends of sizes shown
on pages 211 and 212, one of which is threaded right hand and the
other left.
PIPE TURNBUCKLES
Dia. of
screw
Threads
per in.
Size of
pipe*
Overall
length of
turnbuckle
Length of
screw end
Dia. of
screw end
H
16
1A
5
5A
H
H
13
M-
VA
%
i
%
11
i
7
IH
iM
%
10
i
7
IH
IK
%
9
IH
8
m
i«
i
8
m
9^
i-H
2
* See page 163. Hole for pin M in- dia.
200
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
TURNBUCKLES WITH PLAIN STUBS
201
TAPPED u s ISTANOARD
™E Tw° ENDS|THuE
|THuE IN LINE
i, :..^fc;
= ^
if. 1
"c 1 1
A
Inches
B
Inches
c
Inches
E
Inches
H
Inches
F
Inches
G
Inches
2%
•A
9
10
10
10
11
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
15
15
16
17
18
21
22
23
24
2M
3 Mi
3^6
4 j|
5
5 H
8
!9/i
2
3Me
334
3%
53^
5%
7/ie
N
N
l7/fe
12
1
1M
1/4
IN
2
3
3
3M
[Cleveland City Forge & Iron Co., Cleveland, O.I
202
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
HEXAGON END PIPE TURNBUCKLES
Diameter
of Screw
Threads
per Inch
Length
of Swivel
Length
between
Heads
D
Length
of Heads
1
\Y8
IN
3
16
13
11
10
9
8
7
7
6
6
53
5
5
in.
5
5M
7
7
8
ll'H
15
15
15
18H
n.
4%
11
11
12
12
n.
3M
in.
.840
.050
.315
.315
1.660
l.SOO
1.900
2.375
2.375
2.875
2.875
2.875
3.500
3.500
3.500
4.000
4.000
4.500
4.500
5.000
[Hoopes & Townsend Co., Philadelphia, Pa.J
With this type of turnbuckle a wrench with an hexagonal opening
(page 238) is required to turn it.
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
203
HEXAGON SLEEVE NUTS
Dia. of
Screw
Wt.
Lbs.
IK
w
2%
3 8
3%
4
IK.
2
2
10
10
3^
3%
5^
6K
3 %
4 Me
IH
2%
H
5/8
5^
1
iv2
3
3
4
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
14
15
18
19
23
27
28
35
40
47
55
65
75
[Pocket Companion — Carnegie Steel Co.]
Hexagon sleeve nuts largely used in tie rod connections.
204 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
ROPE THIMBLES
X.-- -A
> f
v-^
.& i
M ST. ,
-/S-.
10%
M
2
3M
3%
4%
44
5^
6%
85?
12%
14
25%
15%
17M
18»/6
19%
21M
23%
29%
3 IK
.9
1.3
1.9
3.9
5.4
7.9
11.
16.
25.
38.
62.
94.
118.
154.
208.
266.
327.
398.
495.
700.
960.
1290.
1670.
-[Upson- Walton Co., Cleveland, 0.]
Thimbles are usually galvanized.
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
205
WIRE ROPE SOCKETS
CLOSED
Size Rope
Dia.
I*
Extreme
Length
4^
5M
13
13
Length
2^
3
Basket
Large Diameter
Outside
Small Diameter
Outside
I15/fe
The socket should have a tapered hole or one as shown on page
207. The rope wires may be bent over, and lead or other soft metal
poured in.
206 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
OPEN
Size Rope
Dia.
Extreme
Length
Basket
Length
Large
Diameter
Outside
Small
Diameter
Outside
Diameter
Pin
%
3
13
13
^
M
m
i*l
[J. H. WiUiams Co., Brooklyn, N. Y.J
Pins have a K in. split pin in end close to shoulder.
For securing rope in socket see pages 205 and 207.
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
WIRE ROPE SOCKETS
207
7zz%%^~^
OPEN 50CKLT
CLOSLD SOCKtT
208 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
£
•f
J*
<M <M CO CO CO
i" c^ co co co "^ ^-*o Ic *o o
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
209
CLEVIS NUTS
Tap D
\-a\w
<xK£\
\W\tn
i£\oo\
Diameter of Pin
M % 1
2^2^3
Size of Eye
Used with Wrought Iron
Rods— 50,000 Lbs. per Sq. In.
5%
53^
53^
For dimensions of nuts see page 210.
210 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
CLEVIS NUTS — Continued
B
7
8
9
10
12
12
ffi
5
1
IK
E
Dimension "E" will vary slightly, depending upon dimension " J."
[Cleveland City Forge & Iron Co., Cleveland, O.]
SISTER HOOKS WITH WIRE ROPE THIMBLE
Size of Iron,
Inches
Size Score of
Thimble,
Inches
Length of
Hook, Inches
Diameter of
Eye, Inside
Inches
Gov't Test.
Maximum
Strength
in Pounds
H
3/l6
2yg
?4
940
5^6
2^
E
1,420
3/£
%> *
2/^
2,030
5A
£
3^
ivl
3,800
7,100
X
B
51^
1%
8,920
jij
5/<£
1/4
11,020
i
j|
6/^
1/^8
11,100
i/^
i
6^
1^
13,050
IK
IH
7K
IK
19,200
For dimensions of thimbles see page 204.
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
211
PLAIN
EYE BOLTS
WITH SHOULDER
Shank
Diameter Eye
Capacity, Net Tons
Maxi-
mum
Diam.
Standard
Length
under
Shldr.
Length
in
Stock
Inside
Outside
Safe
Working
Load
Average
Load at
Elastic
Limit
Approx-
imate
Breaking
Strain
K
1
3
a/;
1%x
.2
.5
1.5
5/fe
m
4
H
17^6
.4
.9
2.
3/8
4^
i
121^
.7
1.4
3.
\-y
41^
1/^2
l27^
1.
2.
4.
%
13^
4^
iiS
2Vle
1.3
2.5
5.
3
\y%
43^
l/i2
2%
1.5
3.
6.
5/8
l/€
43^
1«
2.
4.
8.
i
2
5
213/l6
3.
6.
12.
i
2^
5
5
1%.
3%,
3.5
4.
7.
8.
16.
20.
ji/c
2^£
5
2
4
5.
10.
23.
1/4
3
6
2/ie
47/ie
7.5
15.
33.
1H
3H
6
2H
5/ie
9.
18.
42.
ill
3/€
6
2%
6/ie
11.
21.
53.
2
4
6
6K
13.
25.
68.
[J. H. Williams Co., Brooklyn, N. Y.]
Plain eye with shank used for turnbuckle ends. Length of ends
made to suit turnbuckle.
212
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
HOIST HOOK
Capacity, Net Tons
Diameter of Eye
Extreme Dimensions
Safe
Working
Load
Average
Load at
Elastic
Limit
Approxi-
mate Loac
Required
to Straight
en out
Inside
Outside
Length
Width
%
1M
4%
2%
.5
.9
1.9
H
1M
4%
3^8
.6
1.2
2.3
i
2
o/&
3/^
.7
1.5
3.
IH
2M
V&
3^
1.2
2.5
5.7
1M
2^
QH
4^
1.7
3.5
7.
i^l
2/4
"4/^
2.1
4.2
8.5
1^
3
8/ie
5^
2.5
5.4
10.
1H
3^
994
6^8
3.
6.2
13.
1#
3^
ION
6J^
4.
8.
17.
2
4
7/^
4.7
9.
19.
2//j?
4^8
13 2
8M
5.5
11.
26.
2%
5M
14M
9M
6.8
13.
32.
3^
6^i
16M
10^
8.
17.
35.
33^
7
19//8
13
11.
21.
48.
4
8^
22^
14K
20.
40.
80.
[J. H. Williams Co., Brooklyn, N. Y.J
Hook without eye, but with plain shank used for turnbuckle ends
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
CRANE HOOK
213
Based upon a stress of 3,500 Ibs. per sq. in., dia. d of shank of
hook = .02 x/IoacT The width of the hook W = B the width of
2B
the hook body, the thickness being -^-.
Diameter of hook circle D = B + 1 . 5 B
E = .5B + .7d K = 1.7d
F = 4.5d L = 2. d
G = l.ld M = .7d
H = .8d
214, HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
in
I
<J
a-*
•tf
0
I
p^n
^v
z
w
= "
hs a
jj
= =r
-2 0
z
<-H^
i
o
J
j
GC
S
1-
VV HH
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
215
p I = «
GO
^ -.,„.„. C-.,,^^^ ,
\5o\pi\^\ooNCx^lNc^:N»\j)i\w\e^_ ^ ^^ ^^
<"£< T-H N 01 C^ Si d
o
, r- rt „ O. « ecW^-rtCO-irH^rt • ,g
I
02
* <N.<N IN (N (M CO CO
w sx^^^^:?^^^=:^^^^f^s7sx *
o
k
1
"o
cj
sg
eu
° -^ ^"J"^,"<N «"« CO
( <N <M C<J CO CO CO ^ T}< lO
. _NJ3 . , „. _\S ~ ,«. . „ .«. m \S. _
O _w „___
p
216 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
SWIVEL SHACKLES
Stationary Chain Swivels
d = diameter of chain
A = 2 d
B = 7 d
C = 5 d
D = 3 d
E = 7 d
F = 1.8d
G = 6 d
H = 4 d
K = 2 d
L = 2 d
M = 2 d
N = 2 d
O = 4.3d
R = 1.5d
Anchor Chain Swivels
Diameter of metal in swivel = 1.8 d
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
217
Inside diameter of swivel = 6 d
Inside length of swivel = 9 d
Thickness of swivel at shackle = 2 d
Swivel pin (N) dia. = 1.4 d
Dia. of metal in shackle = 1.4 d
For dimensions of shackles see pages 214 and 215.
In an anchor chain there should be three or four swivels, the first
about five fathoms from the anchor.
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
EQUALIZING SLINGS WITH HOOK
(Grommet Construction)
LENGTH OF SLING Thus
218 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
EQUALIZING BRIDLE SLINGS WITH HOOKS
EttUALIZING THlMBLC
C.XTRA HtAVY THlMBLC.
5H.ICC.D IN
Safe Loads in tons
of 2000 Ibs.
Hook
Equalizing Thimbles
)ia. When
ing Used
When
Used
Sef'M"
Set "L"
Set "SP"
V
Vertical
60° Angle
F
G
H
A
B
c
D
A
IB
C
D
A
B
C
1)
I* 3
2.5
1 "
W
iV
8f
oi"
//
7f
4.5
4
1
6*4
u
3j
5}
»
6.25
5.5
1
7*
2
3]
; ' f
s^
S"
12"
1 ^
15"
9
8
2
8*6
25l«
51
8
101
81*
ior
IH"
i.r
8
12
I]
15
11.5
10
%
94
2%
5|
H
10
f.e
101
HI
13
g)
!3
Ht
16
14
12
2^
lO^fi
2f
5j
7|
10
7
10f
2
135
«i
13
2ifc
16
17
14.5
I
11^4
3
51
73
10
7
inf
2
13-5
si
13
31
Hi}
20
17
{',«
1274
3^
e
M
13
81
13
2i
16!
23
20
J
uj
34
tj
9^
II
13
g|
13
2^
16-1
25
22
4
15}
4
9
14
2
17?
29
25
s
18
4f
9j
1.5
2|
19$
[J. A. Roebliug's Sons Co., Trenton, N. J.]
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
219
SHACKLE BRIDLE SLINGS
NOTe-lrTHt CONDITION BEU>W EXIST*.
ASHCAVC MUST BC FLAi-tOON TWt
PIM Of THC SHAC<tE-
Eftl/ALIZINQ TUlMBLt
NOT£:-SHACKLtS CXNBt
FURNISH LD WITH ANYONE. Or
T«E FOLLOWING TVPC O'Fws,
WCLOLCSS SrctL SHACKLE
Safe I/oads in Tons of 2,000 Lbs.
Fittings
Dia .
Sling
When
used
V
Vertical
When
used
A
60° Angle
When
used
45°
Angle
When
used
30°
Angle
A
B
D
E
NT
4
4
3
2
6"
6"
12"
1%"
fH*
8
7
5.5
4
6
6
12
8/^
M
12
10
8.5
6
73^
73/2
15
8/^
7/s
16
13.5
11
8
7^2
73^
15
8
1
21
18
15
10.5
9
9
18
8
1^8
26
22
18.5
13
10
10
20
8L£
1/4
30
26
21
15
10
10
20
8/^
1/1?
34
29
24
17
12
12
24
HM
1H
40
34
28
20
13
13
26
HM
1^
44
38
31
22
13
13
26
H/€
1^
50
43
35
25
14
15
30
19^
Note — Dimensions "F, L, P and W" of shackles are designed to suit the member
.Ja+0/-! fT A TJ^aKKw^'o Q^na <"•"/-> TVa™*^n XT T 1
220
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
HOOK BRIDLE SLINGS
Same construction as Shackle Bridle Slings except hooks are used
instead of shackles. For size of hooks see Equalizing Bridle Slings
with Hooks.
SLINGS FOR HANDLING STONE BLOCKS
<.'MAT»9N ,t ATIS
L' ToTHt WIDTH OP Tte BLO
W, Au. C»PEtssco Inj T>RTS Or
STF.EL GCAB KOOK.
FORGtD FlCOMT«C SOLID (NO WtLOS>
The wire rope grommet ring may be omitted, the equalizing
thimbles being attached to the hook. In this case the length of the
sling 1 = 2 L + W.
The sling shown is also suitable for handling steel plates.
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
221
SIZE OF SLINGS REQUIRED FOR DIFFERENT LOADS AND ANGLES
OF INCLINATION
Weight of Block
Approximate
Cubic Feet
Angle of Inclination
60°
45°
30°
4,000*
24
1A"
1A"
H*
8,000
48
y*
H
H
10,000
60
5/8
5/8
ZA
15,000
90
K-
%
%
20,000
120
H
%
25,000
150
%
IK
30,000
180
1
1M
35,000
210
i
1H
i%
40,000
240
1H
1«
IX
50,000
300
1M
m
*Note — Above figured from — "Marble" at 165 Ibs. per cu. ft.; "Granite" 3%
heavier.
CHAINS
HOISTING CHAINS
The working load of a chain should not be above one fourth, and
at most not over one third of its breaking strength, or but little over
one half the proof test.
The distance from the center of one link to the center of the next
is the pitch of the chain.
Chains for hoisting purposes should have short links in order to
wrap snugly around the drum or sheave without bending.
The life of a chain can be increased by frequent annealing and
lubricating. If the wear is not uniform throughout the length, the
chain should be cut and pieced where partially worn.
Chain having the trade name "B B'B" crane chain, dimensions
of which are given on page 222, is widely used not only for cranes
but for general hoisting.
Drum scores for chain are given on pages 224-225.
Rings are made of heavier stock than the chain — see page 226.
222
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
B. B. B. CRANE CHAIN
Size
' Inches
Approximate
Links
per Foot
Outside
Length
Inches
Outside
Width
Inches
Weight
per 100
Feet
Proof
Test
Approximate
Breaking
Strain
34
15
IX
H
52
1,200
2,400
Y*
14
m
154
83
1,750
4,500
%
12
i%
1H?
118
3,400
7,000
H
11
IH
17/T6
175
4,500
9,000
V*
10
2Xs
l9/fe
215
6,300
12,500
y*
9
2^
1M
275
8,000
16,500
94
8M
2M
2
340
10,000
22,000
«
7^
3
2^
435
12,500
25,000
H
5^
3H
294
620
17,750
35,000
%
5
4H6
3
830
24,000
47,500
4^
4^
3H
1,040
31,350
64,500
IIA
4^
5^
3%
1,400
38,000
78,000
1M
4
5M
4M
1,665
47,000
95,000
1
[Columbus-McKinnon Chain Co., Columbus, O.]
ANCHOR STUD LINK CABLE CHAIN
Studs in chains keep the chains from closing when they are over-
strained.
' ' j
One shot of chain = 15 fathoms = 90 ft.
Ships built in the United States have anchor chain of the dimen-
sions given on page 223.
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
223
(New American Measurements, adopted Aug. 21, 1917)
Size
Chain
Inches
Outside
Length
of Link
Inches
Outside
Width
of Link
Inches
Length of
Six Links
Outside
Feet In.
Average
Weight
Per
Fathom
Pounds
Proof
Test
Pounds
Breaking
Strain
Pounds
X
4%
2%
1 7%
34
22,680
33,880
%
4%
2%
1 9%
41
26,600
39,872
H
5M
3%
1 10M
47
30,800
46,200
15^6
5%
3%
2 %
53
35,392
53,088
6
3%
2 2
59
40,320
60,480
1^6
6%
3%
2 3%
67
45,472
68,096
m
6«
4
2 5%
74
50,960
76,440
i34
7%
4M
2 6%
83
56,840
85,120
IH
7%
4%
2 8%
92
63,000
94,360
I5l6
7%
4M
2 10%
102
69,440
104,160
IN
8%
415f6
2 11%
112
76,160
114,240
i?4
8%
534
3 1%
123
83,160
124,600
1%
9
5%
3 3
133
90,720
131,488
I9f6
9^
5%
3 4%
144
98,336
137,536
IN
9M
5%
3 6%
155
106,400
148,960
1%
10H
6^6 •
3 7%
168
114,800
160,720
1%
10^
654
3 9%
180
123,480
172,760
113<6
10^
6%
3 11%
198
132,440
185,360
1«
11-k
6«
4 M
207
141,680
198,240
1154
UN
7
4 2%
221
151,200
211,680
2
12
734
4 4
235
161,280
225,792
2^6
12N
774
4 5%
248
171,360
239,904
2%
12^
7%
4 7%
260
182,000
254,800
234
13>g
7%
4 8%
278
192,920
269,920
2%
25i6
13 H
13%
8%
85/fe
4 10%
5 %
295
313
204,120
215,600
285,600
301,840
2%
14J4
89/f6
5 1M
330
227,360
318,304
274
14N
8^
5 3%
348
239,456
335,160
2%
15
9
5 5
365
252,000
352,800
294
15N
9^
5 6%
383
261,408
365,960
2%
UK
97/f6
5 8M
400
270,816
379,120
2%
16N
9n4
5 9%
418
280,224
392,280
2#
16j^
9%
5 11%
435
289,632
405,440
213/f6
16%
10%
6 1%
458
298,816
418,320
2%
17^
10%
6 2M
480
308,224
431,480
215f6
17N
10%
6 4%
500
317,408
444,360
3
18
10^4
6 6
520
326,592
457,184
3*i
18%
11
6 7%
540
335,552
469,728
3$
18K
11#
6 9K
560
344,400
482,160
3%
19%
11%
6 10%
585
353,248
494,480
3M
19%
nn4
7 .H
610
361,984
506,688
[Columbus-McKinnon Chain Co., Columbus, O.]
224 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
CHAIN SLINGS
\
The table shows safe working loads in pounds of special "CC"
sling chains when operated at different angles. When handling
molten metals, sling chains should be 25% stronger than in the table
The safe working loads given are for each single strand. When
used double or in other multiples, the loads may be increased pro-
portionately.
When Used
When Used
When Used
When Used
Diameter
of Iron
Straight
at 60-Degree
Angle
at 45-Degree
Angle
at 30-Degree
Angle
Inches
1
A
z2^
S^>
"CC"
H
1,330
1,000
850
600
Dredge
%
2,660
2,050
1,700
1,200
Chain
Y2
5,330
4,100
3,400
2,400
H
8,330
6,800
5,600
4,000
(Best Grade of
%
12,000
9,400
7,800
5,500
Hand-made,
%
16,330
12,800
10,400
7,400
Tested,
i
20,830
16,000
13,200
9,400
Short Link
1H
26,660
20,400
16,800
12,000
Chain.)
1M
32,000
25,500
21,000
15,000
1H
46,660
38,000
32,000
22,000
[Columbus-McKinnon Chain Co., Columbus, O.]
DRUM SCORES
FOR CHAIN
ROPE AND CHAIN FITTINGS
DRUM SCORES FOR CHAIN — Continued
225
Size of
Chain
1
2V6
254
H
354
9/f6
2
2M
Chain drums and sheaves are usually made with a diameter of 20
to 25 times the thickness of the chain iron, the diameter being taken
to the center of the chain.
FOR ROPE
Dia. of
Rope
Dia. of
Rope
7/l6
3/f6
M
5/f6
See also Pulley Grooves for Rope Transmission, pages 129 and
130.
226 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
HOOKS AND RINGS FOR CHAIN
Round slip hooks should be made from the best hammered iron
three times the diameter of the material in the chain. Thus a slip
hook for a % inch chain should be of 2^ inch stock.
Square grab hooks should be made from material twice the diam-
eter of the chain. A grab hook for a ^ inch chain, use 1J/2 stock.
Inside diameter of ring should be six times the diameter of the
chain iron, and the ring stock twice the size of the chain. A ring for
a % inch chain should be made from 1^ inch material and be 4^
inches inside diameter.
TREATMENT OF STEEL
Annealing gives the steel a finer grain, and makes it more ductile.
Steel castings and anchor chains are frequently annealed to increase
their tensile strength and resistance to sudden shocks.
Hardening steel increases its tensile strength and elastic limit, but
decreases its ductility. Steel is heated to a high temperature and
then plunged into oil or water. Cutting tools for lathes, shapers,
etc., are hardened.
Case hardening causes the steel to have a hard exterior surface
and a soft interior. Gears and armor are case hardened.
Tempering is reheating hardened steel to restore a part of its
ductility. Drills, metal working tools, etc., are tempered.
SECTION VI
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
HANDLES — HAND WHEELS — KNOBS — KNURLED SET — WRENCHES —
STUFFING BOXES — DRILL SHANKS — WASHERS CLINCH RINGS —
SPRINGS — ANGLE COUPLINGS — KNUCKLE JOINTS — YOKE
ENDS — ROD ENDS — TOOL STRAPS AND BOLTS — TAPER
PINS — FINISHED ENDS OF SHAFTS, STUDS,
SCREWS AND BUSHINGS — STANDARD SQUARES
FOR CHUCK SCREWS AND WRENCHES
H
MACHINE HANDLES
CONE PATTERN
A
B
D
E
F
Dia. of
Shank
2
H
K
X
Lg
5l6
2/^
i
5/^2
3^
3
i*l
8
i
3
5x^
33*
1H
1 8
s
/x
227
228 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
BALL PATTERN
"/ii
IH
7/f6
N
H
K
.252
.253
.252
.253
.3145
.3155
.3145
.3155
.377
.378
.4395
.4405
.4395
.4405
.4395
.4405
.503
.504
.503
.504
.628
.629
H
y*
IX
N
16
K
27/f6
3V6
3W6
3»/6
4%
5
5%
Ri
H
R2
Rs
H
[Cincinnati Ball Crank Co., Cincinnati, O.]
Handles can be obtained with plain shanks that are riveted over,
or with threaded shanks. The latter are preferable as it is not neces-
sary to drill through the part the handle is to operate. Shanks of
handles operating wheels or cranks turning right handed should have
left hand threads to prevent unscrewing.
Handles are usually of drop forged steel, and are finished all
over.
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
229
TAPERED SIDES
A
B
c
D
E
F
2^
3
%
%
X
%
%
V
3^
ly*
»<s
%
y2
4
IX
1
iy*
*<*
5A
SPHERICAL END
SH
ok-
A
B
C
D
E
F
Y
%
JV
,x
V
y
1
5/fe
S
y&
5/ie
i/^
1
3//
/4
H-ie
3xg
ix
1%
W
g
%
iy*
H
\
230
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD - DETAILS
BALANCED CRANK
5
6
8
11
Small Ball
Dia. of
Hole
.25
.3125
.3125
.375
.4375
.4375
.4375
.5
Depth of
Hole
[Cincinnati Ball Crank Co., Cincinnati, O.]
For handles see Machine Handles.
The center ball B may have a flat surface at the top as at the
bottom.
The crank can be secured to the part it is to operate in a variety
of ways. For instance, the ball B may have a square hole fitting
over the end of the operated part, which is squared to suit and
finished with a thread at the end. A nut is screwed onto the thread,
thus holding the crank in place. Instead of a nut, the end may be
riveted over.
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
231
Handles shown are screwed on, but by drilling through the balls
and countersinking they can be riveted over.
Instead of the crank having a handle screwed or riveted into the
ball C, the crank with handle can be made in one piece of drop
forged steel.
COMPOUND REST
7/l6
I
[Cincinnati Ball Crank Co., Cincinnati, O.]
For handles see Machine Handles.
Steel cranks and compound rests which come in contact with
moisture should be lacquered to prevent rusting.
232
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
HAND WHEELS
STRAIGHT
Rim
Arm
Hub
*3
Thickne
Small E
Number
Arms
K
ze of
yway
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
/ 1±.
1M
IK
¥
2 8
K
2^
[Niles-Bement-Pond Co., New York.]
For handles see Machine Handles.
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
DISHED
233
Rim
Arm
Width at
Small End
Width
Large
Thickness
Small End
ickne
rge E
Num
Arms
Hub
to
Fac
D
H
H
Size of
Keyway
9
10
12
13
18
20
20
20
20
W\ 00\ <X\ <X\ tO\ ts3\ tO\ tO\ I^S O0\
wv^v^w
iH\rH\CO\M\C<5\t-\00\C<5\
H
\co\cq
TH\ r-t\
[Niles-Bement-Pond Co., New York.]
234 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
STAB
A
B
c
E
F
2
H
t.
1A
54
Is
2^
i
%
/ie
3
l%
v6
I
3
fi
4
/4
/^
#3
5
iy*
H
X :
2
p^
This wheel is usually of cast iron, and can be connected to the
part it is to operate by a cylindrical, square or hexagonal projection
to which it is pinned.
The dimension B is dependent on the size of the projection on
which the star wheel is to be fitted.
No finish is generally required.
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
CAPSTAN
235
r r i
I *£ i Ll J
cT"
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
2^
^8
|>
IK
/s
IK
!4
3
%
M
1%
/^
!//£
ij
3^
4
2
%
IM
£
May be keyed on, or fitted on the squared end of operated part.
236
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
KNOBS
L
-H
f
rt
I
W
X
< F
~1
dia. of rod = d
A = 4 d ,
C = .2d
D = d
Length of hub to suit work.
E = 1.8 d
Radius F = 6 d
Pin G, W dia. for rods 3/f6" to
%" dia. for rods 74" to
To obtain the flutings on the side, divide the circumference of the
circle having a diameter equal to 4d into any number of divisions,
arbitrarily selected in the present case as 18, and describe arcs which
are tangent to each other at the circumference of the circle. As the
half circles spaced around will leave sharp points, cut them back so
there is a flat face of \* or ".
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
237
KNURLED SETS
PLAIN KNURLED SET
in
o
T
1M
SHOULDER SINGLE KNURLED
- — F
A
B
C
D
E
F
P
1
%
|
5/f6
1
iff
238 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
WRENCHES FOR BOLTS AND NUTS
OPEN WKENCH
SQUARE BOLTS AND NUTS
HEXAGON BOLTS AND NUTS
r~sp'
D = dia. of bolt
Angle 6=0 degs. for machine tool wrenches
= 15 degs. for engineer's wrenches
= 22^ degs. for textile machines
Length of wrench = 12 to 16 D.
Finishes
Unfinished or rough — opening milled, otherwise rough.
Semifinished — opening milled, head brightened and case hardened.
Finished — opening milled, case hardened and polished all over.
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
239
Box WRENCH
For D, e and length see Open Wrench.
SPANNER WRENCH
7
1
1H
w
Mi
Thickness
The diameter of the holes in the operated part should be ^ in.
greater than the diameter of the pin B.
240 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
rh FACE SPANNER
A
B
c
D
E
A
B
C
D '
E
1
2 4
p
5 2
6 4
1
v±
%
KG
3 4
1
7 4
7^
?/6
tc\N\oo\oo\
For
dia
/
meter of hole, see note, page 239.
OFFSET HANDLE SOCKET WRENCH
*
1 *
i
F
m
I
H— A
\ «
U. S. Standard
Bolt Dia.
m
H
7/8
m
IH
m
7/8
IX
2^2
12
I) jpth of hole in wrench should be j^e in- IGSS than thickness of nut.
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
T HANDLE SOCKET WRENCH
IP
LU
t
S
241
U. S. Standard
Bolt Dia.
'i6
1H
m
234-
2^2
27!
213^2
H
11A
VK
y*
iy8
534
6
103/4
^
3/.
10
11
11
Hexagon head for pin same size as bolt head. For depth of hole,
see note, page 240.
242 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
STUFFING BOXES
BOLTED FLANGE TYPE
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 243
d = dia. of rod
A = 1.31 d H = .63 d
B = 1.8 d K = ..44d
C = 2. d L = 2.8 d
D = .7 d M = .56 d
E = .31 d N = 2.75 d
F = .44 d O=2. d
G = 1.13 d For rods Y2" to ijf6* dia. of stud P = %"
The top gland may be of composition instead of cast iron lined
with composition. For large rods the gland in contact with the rod
is reduced in length to cut down friction.
Studs of steel or bronze with steel nuts. Bronze studs with steel
or composition nuts should be fitted where there is excessive moisture.
Hole in gland for stud He m- larger than stud.
The part K may be cast on the engine cylinder or on the valve
body, thus doing away with bolts.
It is important that the gland stud nuts be equally tightened so
the pressure on the rod is the same at all points in its circumfer-
ence. If the rod is well oiled the friction may be considerably re-
duced.
For low steam pressures hemp and cotton packings are suitable,
but for high, metallic should be used.
244
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
d = dia. of rod
A = .34 d
B = .52 d
C = .43d
E = .75 d
F = 1.4 d
G = .31 d
H = .5 d
K = .15 d
L = 1.5 d
M = 2. d
N = 2.37 d
O = .31 d
P = 2.62 d
R = d
Gland of composition
The screw type is for smaller rods than the bolted flange and als<
for installations where the studs would be in the way. The gland i
screwed down by using a wrench on the part A, which can be madi
with 6 or 8 notches or ribs in its circumference.
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
TAPERED DRILL SHANKS
245
Morse Twist Drill & Mach. Co.
No.
A
B
c
D
E
F
Taper in
12-Inch
0
2n^2
27^2
.240
.356
%
9/i2
.625
1
294
2^
.356
.475
13^4
/8
.600
2
3*2
2%
.556
.700
$
7/ie
.602
3
3M
394
.759
.938
64
•^ffi
.602
4
4%
4^
.997
1.231
15^2
H
.623
5
6
5M
1.446
1.748
H
S
.630
6
8^6
8
2.077
2.494
*A
1H
.626
BROWN & SHARPB
No.
A
B
C
D
E
F
Taper in
12-Inch
4
If*
' 121^2
.333
.402
7^2
JV2
.500
5
2%
2»4
.432
.523
3
H
.500
6
231^2
2Ji
.479
.599
Q y
7^6
.500
6
3=%
3M
.479
.635
9^
74
.500
7
3%
317^2
.578
.725
5/ie
154
.500
7
8
4^
4^
417|
4^
.578
.727
.767
.898
1
15^2
H
.500
.500
9
4^
4^
.874
1.067
N
9-fe
.500
9
5
4%
.874
1.077
N
94"
.500
10
6^6
523^2
1.022
1.260
7f6
21^2
.5161
10
6M
613^2
1.022
1.289
74
21-i2
.5161
10
79i2
615^6
1.022
1.312
74
21^2
.5161
11
713^6
715^2
1.220
1.531
74
2^2
.500
12
8%
7154
1.466
1.797
H
k
.500
246
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
JABNO
!t
• B
A
D = Dia. of large end =
No. of taper
8
^ T^. e 11 i No. of taper
C = Dia. of small end = -
B = Length of taper
No. of taper
No.
A
B
C
D
Taper in
12 Inches
2
1H
1
.20
.250
.600
3
l«j/£
l/^
.30
.375
.600
4
5
23/f6
33K6
2
.40
.50
.500
.625
.600
.600
6
3 2
.60
.750
.600
7
3n!f6
3^2
.70
.875
.600
8
4K6
4
.80
.000
.600
9
4%
43^
.90
.125
.600
10
5
1.00
.250
.600
11
5/^
5/^
1.10
.375
.600
12
6/4
6
1.20
.500
.600
13
6M
6^
1.30
.625
.600
14
724
7
1.40
.750
.600
15
7/4
7/^
1.50
.875
.600
16
17
8%
953/f6
8
1.60
1.70
2.000
2.125
.600
.600
18
9 2
1.80
2.250
.600
19
91/ie
9^
1.90
2.375
.600
20
10%
10
2.00
2.500
.600
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
247
WASHERS
CIRCULAR PLATE IN EFFECT JAN. 20, 1910
U. S. Standard
Diameter
Size of Hole
Thickness
Sizo of Bolt
Number in
100 Lbs.
Wire Gauge
Ins.
94
18
.05
3-l6
39,400
X
V
16
.06
M
15,600
^A
3^
16
.06
^ie
11,250
1
7/ie
14
.08
ZA
6,800
1M
K
14
.08
7ie
4,300
\%
9/ie
12
.11
/^
2,600
13^
x^
12
.11
9-ie
2,250
IX
11'i6
10
.14
%
1,300
2
^3/ie
9
.16
900
234
15/ie
8
.17
%
782
23^1
1/ie
8
.17
1
568
2/^t
1/4
8
.17
13^
473
3
l/"l
8
.17
l/€
364
334
IK
7
.18
1%
275
El
1*1
7
7
.18
.18
iH
256
220
4
IJ/o
7
.18
!/-£
197
434
2
7
.18
1 J^
174
4^
2K
7
.18
2
160
SQUARE PLATE
Thickness
Inches
Size of Hole,
Thickness,
Decimal
Size of Bolt,
Average
Square
Inches
Inches
Parts of
Inches
Number in
an Inch
100 Lbs.
HJ
74
3^8
.125
ZA
1,300
1^
3/8
.125
4s>
1,100
2 4
9ie
3/ie
.1875
3^2
500
2/^
23^2
X
.25
3^
315
3 2
31/^2
\
.25
.25
250
165
3^
l3^
.375
1
87-
4
1M
y%
.375
13^
65
4K
l/^
H
.375
IX
48
5
13^
ZA
.375
40
6
1%
X
.375
1H
28
6}^
IJ/o
X
.375
i3^
24
7
%1A
X
.375
2
21
248 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
PLANER HEAD BOLT WASHERS
Dia. of bolt
H
94
%
u/f6
M
" " washer
1^6
i7!
IK
IV.
1%
Thickness of washer
Hi
%
%
•%
9-i2
O. G. CAST IRON WASHERS
ht£n
Dia. of Bolt,
Inches
ly*
1%
Y2
H
i*l
WASHERS FOR SCREWS
Dia. of Screw
3/
i
H
Dia. of Washer
Thickness
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
249
CLINCH RINGS
COUNTER SUNK OR RECESSED HOLE
Size of
Outside
Thick-
Number
Size of
Outside
Thick-
Number
Hole,
dia.,
ness
in one
Hole,
dia.,
ness
in one
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
Lb.
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
Lb.
H
vk
34
•18
1
2^
%
5
H
iU
%
15
1H
2%
*4
3^
H
1H
%,
11
IX
2%
%
2X
7/8
ijK
%
10
1%
2K
%
2M
STRAIGHT HOLE
Size of
Hole, Ins.
Outside
Dia., Ins.
Thickness
Ins.
Size of Hole
Ins.
Outside
Dia., Ins.
Thickness
Ins.
Ye
H
ys
$
19-16
7x
%
15/ie
%2
2
^n
"y
1
1.
I
2
1
SPRINGS
In general a helical compression spring will give the best results
if its outside diameter equals eight times the diameter of the wire.
In designing compression springs with squared ends, two inactive
coils should be allowed for squaring.
250
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
The load a spring will sustain can be increased by increasing the
diameter of the wire, diminishing the number of coils or decreasing
the outside diameter.
WOUND RIGHT HAND
1
TWISTED wOOP DOUBLE LOOP
PLAIN GROUND SQUARED & GROUND
LOOP CLOSED HALF LOOP OPEN
.REGULAR LOOP REGULAR OPEN LOOP
AT ONE SIDE AT CENTER
SWIVEL LOOP TR. ANGULAR HOOK
Torsion springs should be so designed that their action will be in
the direction that tends to reduce the diameter of the spring.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR ORDERING SPRINGS
Compression Type
Material.
Size of wire.
Inside diameter if spring works on a rod.
Outside " " " " in "hole.
Free length.
Pitch, or number of coils.
Style of ends, whether plain, squared only, ground only or squared
and ground.
Distance to be compressed and with what weight or power.
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS , 251
Extension Type
Material.
Size of wire.
Outside diameter.
Length of coils in inches, or number of 'coils.
Length over all.
Style of ends, whether loop or hook, parallel or at right angles.
Distance to be extended and with what weight or oower.
[W. Barnes Co., Bristol, Conn.]
SPRING FORMULAE
P = safe load in Ibs. r = mean radius of coil
E = modulus of elasticity d = dia. of coil wire
G = modulus of torsion 1 = length of spring
s = safe shearing stress in Ibs. per sq. in. n = number of coils
f = deflection of spring in ins. for TT = 3.1416
load P.
SPRING IN COMPRESSION OR TENSION WHEN LOADED AXIALLY
Cylindrical helical spring, circular cross section. P = -r^-J
32 Plr2 64 Pnr3
f =
Rectangular cross section, t = thickness, w = width.
p = st'w' . f = 3 Pr2I (t2 + w2)
3r\/t2+w2' Gt3w3
SPRING SUBJECT TO BENDING
St2w PI3
Rectangular plate P = — - ; f = -
i 6 PI3
Triangular plate P = - f
Compound (leaf or laminated) triangular plates. k= number of
_, Skt2w , 6 PI3
plates. P = -; f
252
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
TABLE FOR DETERMINING CAPACIT
D = Outside Diam. of Spring. W = Safe I
Note — To find values for square wire multiply
Size of Wire
D
.250
.3125
.375
.4375
.500
.5625
.625
.750
.875
1.000
1.125
#26
W
.41
.31
.27
.23
.20
.175
.16 •
.13
.11
.098
016
F
.1302
.302
.470
.760
1.150
1.66
2.30
4.02
6.95
9.42
#24
W
1.18
.92
.76
.45
.56
.50
.45
.37
.31
.28
.24
.0225
F
.0278
.0631
.1135
.1857
.282
.408
.569
.975
1.66
2.42
3.46
#22
W
2.35
1.84
1.49
1.26
1.095
.96
.865
.715
.61
.53
.47
.028
F
.0119
.0250
.0453
.0742
.1140
.165
.231
.408
.660
.995
1.42
#20
W
4.70
3.64
2.97
2.5
2.18
1.92
1.72
1.42
1.20
1.05
.93
.035
F
.00451
.00952
.0175
.0290
.0447
.0651
.0914
.163
.264
.400
.575
#19
W
7.87
6.05
4.93
4.15
3.58
3.16
2.82
2.32
1.97
1.74
1.54
.041
F
.00234
.0047
.0088
.0106
.0228
.0334
.0410
.0842
.1370
.208
.305
#18
W
12.05
9.2
7.40
6.57
5.4
4.75
4.23
3.48
2.95
2.85
2.27
.047
F
.00115
.00294
.00488
.00824
.0132
.0187
.0264
.0396
.0785
.126
.175
#17
W
18.9
14.3
11.5
9.67
8.3
7.3
6.47
5.32
4.5
3.91
3.45
.054
F
.00059
.00138
.00256
.0044
.00702
.0103
.0145
.0267
.0437
.067
.0971
#16
W
31.5
23.61
18.8
15.7
13.8
11.8
10.5
8.57
7.25
6.28
5.04
.063
F
.00026
.00065
.00122
.00222
.0051
.0053
.00704
.0129
.0233
.0327
.0476
#15
W
29
24.1
20.5
17.9
15.85
12.92
10.9
9.46
8.35
.072
F
.00066
.0012
:0018
.0029
.00404
.0074
.0124
.0189
.0279
#14
W
41
33.5
28.8
24.9
22.2
18.1
15.2
13.15
11.6
.080
F
.00041
.00074
.00128
.00203
.0034
.0057
.0082
.0127
.0186
#13
W
45.7
40.7
35
28.4
23.8
20.3
17.75
.092
F
.00063
.00085
.0014
.00266
.0045
.0072
.01035
#12
W
/
52.5
42.2
35.4
30.4
26 74
.105
F
.00069
.00148
.0026
.0039
.0058
#11
W
65
54
46
40.51
.120
F
.0008
.0013
.00219
.00326
#10
.135
W
F
77
.00081
67 3
.00135
58.6
.0019
#9
.148
W
F
105 .
.00053
90 a»
.00035
78
.00129
# 8
W
120\
104
.162
F
.00057
.00087
# 7
W
159
138
.177
F
.00038
.00058
# 6 ~
W
.192
F
• # 5
W
.203
F
#4
W
.225
F
# 3
W
.244
F
#2
W
.263
F
# 1
W
.283
F
# 0
W
.307
F
#00
W
.331
F
#000
W
.362
F
ILLUSTRATION OF THE
Required a spring }/%' 0. D. that will give a resistance of 42 Ibs. when compressed to a length of 3".
1. What size of wire is required?
2. What will be the uncompressed length of the spring?
3. How many coils?
In the table we follow the horizontal column, giving the values of D, until we come to the vertical col
captioned .500 (1A" 0. D.)
Searching down this column we find 45.7 Ibs. as the nearest W. (safe load) value to the 42 Ibs. required.
Glancing from this point toward the left we find the size wire to be .092" and the F Value (deflection ol
coil under one Ib.) to be .00063.
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
253
FOR ROUND WIRE HELICAL SPRINGS
in Lbs. F = Deflection of One Coil per One Lb.
given safe load by 1.2 and the given deflection by .59.
1.375
1.500
1.750
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.50
5.00
1.84
.320
.281
.256
.181
.228
4.49
4.1
3.50
.0953
.118
.190
6.75
6.15
5.25
4.53
.0548
.0697
.116
.204
9.32
8.52
7.25
6.3
5.56
.0354
.0548
.0757
.116
.166
14.40
13.15
11.25
9.72
8.65
7.75
.0197
.0266
.0425
.0658
.080
.131
21.48
19.5
16.6
14.4
12.7
11.4
10.3
.01124
.0149
.0245
.0374
.0545
.0734
.102
32.44
29
25
22
19
17
15.5
14
.0064
.0084
.0139
.0213
.0311
.0433
.0568
.077
46.75
42
36
31
27
24
22
20
18
.0038
.0051
.0084
.0129
.0191
.0266
.0358
.0475
.0608
62.4
56
47
41
38
32
29
27
24
23
•
.00257
.00317
.0056
.0078
.0131
.018
.024
.0313
.0413
.0522
32.5
76
64
55
49
43
39
36
33
30
.00173
.0020
.0055
.0059
.0088
.0126
.0168
.022
.0285
.0364
109
99
83
72
62
56
51
46
42
39
37
.0012
.0015
.0026
.0041
.006
.0083
.0115
.0154
.0196
.0249
.031
•
143
128
107
92
81
72
65
59
55
50
47
44
.00081
.0011
.0018*
.0028
.0042
.0059
.008
.0107
.0138
.0174
.0222
.0266
174
1.-.5
131
113
99
88
80
70
67
61
57
53
47
.0006
.0008
.0014
.0022
.0032
.0041
.0062
.0082
.0106
.0134
.0168
.0222
.0298
233
210
175 .
150
132
118
106
97
89
82
77
71
63
57
.00041
.0005
.0009 j.0015
.0022
.003
.0041
.0065
.0071
.0091
.0113
.013
.0202
.028
250
225 195
170
152
136
125
114
105
98 ,
88
80
72
.0004
.0005 1.0008
.0012
.00198
.0029
.0039
.0051
.0065
.0081
.0086
.0116
.020
345
290 250
215
192
175
156
146
134
123
115
100
90.5
.0003
.00046 .00072
.0011
.0015
.0021
.0027
.0037
.0047
.0059
.0072
.0106
.0148
360 J310 270
240
215
195
180
165
154
145
127
113
.000311.00055
.00078
.0011
.0015
.0021
.0027
.0034
.0044
.0053
.0077
.0128
470
400
350
310
280
250
230
212
198
185 '
162
145
.0003
.00038
.00055
.00079
.0011
.0015
.002
.0024
.0030
.0033
.0055
-0077
510
445 390
350
320
290
270
250
230
205
183
.00029
.000391.00056
.00078
.001
.0014
.0017
.0022
.0027
.0041
.0056
700 610 [540 |480
435
400
365
330
315
280
250
000171.00026s. 00038 .00053 .00071
.00094
.0012
.0015
.00186
.00276
.0033
OF THE ABOVE TABLE
Assuming that the spring is not to be at its solid height when compressed to the specified 3" we have 3"
divided by .092 equal to 32.6 coils as the number in the solid height or 30 coils as a desirable number for the
spring.
There being 28 free coils in a spring containing 30 coils we have 28 multiplied by . 026 equal to . 728 as the
total deflection of the spring when resisting a load of 42 Ibs.
We have then: .092 as the size wire required 3" + - 728 = 3 . 728 as the free length. Thirty as the number
Note: The above tables are not guaranteed to be absolutely correct, as allowances have to be made for
various grades of material. They will, however, be a good working basis for general estimating and experi-
mental purposes. [Copyrighted by W. Barnes Co., Bristol, Conn.]
254
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
ANGLE COUPLINGS
(Universal Joints)
SINGLE ANGLE COUPLING
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
255
A = d = dia. of shaft
B = .5d
C = .56 d
D = .32 d
E = 1.5 d
F = d
G = 1.1 d
H = .56 d
SINGLE ANGLE COUPLING
7
Will work to an angle of 25 degs.
Dia. of Shaft
Inches
Inches
Dia. of Shaft
Inches
A
Inches
Dia. of Shaft
Inches
A
Inches
15/f6
3K
2%
8
3%
14
4/^2
10
16
&'
I15/l6
8 4
|5^»
10
:*
20
[A. & F. Brown, Elizabeth, N. J.J
With single angle couplings the angular velocity is variable and
is dependent on the angle of inclination of the shafts. The variation
is of little consequence except where extreme accuracy is required as
in time recording machines.
The joint shown is often installed in line shafts of motor boats and
in shafts from engine to driving gear on the rear axle of automobiles.
The shafts in coupling on page 255 are keyed or pinned in, while
those on page 256 are keyed and the parts held together by bolts.
Angle couplings are sometimes called Hooke's joints.
The type shown on page 254 is more frequently used where the
angle between the shafts is large.
256 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
SINGLE ANGLE COUPLING
Will work to an angle of 25 degs.
Dia. of
Shaft
2%
2%
m
4%
4%
10
U
12
9
W
10
13
16
18
20
22
5
7 2
10j|
4
434
10
7^
Ke
[Cresson-M orris Co., Phila., Pa.]
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
257
DOUBLE ANGLE COUPLING
Will work to an angle of 70 degs.
Dia. of
Shaft
Ins.
A
Ins.
B
Ins.
Dia. of
Shaft
Ins.
A
Ins.
B
Ins.
Dia. of
Shaft
Ins.
A
Ins.
B
Ins.
1B/6
3K
4%
23/f6
8
10
3154
14
17y2
1%
41^
5/4
27/f6
10
1 OS/*
47/fe
16
20
IT^J
6/€
8/4
10
1 2^^
41//fe
20
24
jii^.
8
8/4
2i5/f6
11^
143^
1%
8
10
374
u«
14J^
The variation in angular velocity is overcome by two single angle
joints connecting two parallel shafts through an intermediate shaft.
258
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
KNUCKLE JOINTS
d
A
B
C
D
E
diameter of pin
.43d
.75 d
1.25 d
.43d
1.93d
F = 1.5 d
G = 1.25 d
H = .9 d
K = 1.1 d
Diameter of head of pin same as washer F.
For tables of yoke and rod ends for forming knuckle joints see
pages 25&-261.
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
259
YOKE ENDS
Dimensions of yoke and rod ends given in the following tables are
of steel, drop forged. The dimensions can be followed in making
castings of iron and composition, but neither will be equivalent to
steel in strength.
PLAIN
SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS' STANDARD
rA -I
&
*A
KG
BILLINGS AND SPENCER STANDARD
TStrtT
(See next page for table.)
260 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
BILLINGS AND SPENCER STANDARD
4%
5
5H
7 4
7^
8**
10. 4
%
iys
1A
iy*
2p
2^
7/fe
ADJUSTABLE
SOCIETY OP AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS' STANDARD
1H
•fi
7/i6
9/l
Dia.
4
7/l
S.A.E.threpds
per inch
28
24
24
20
20
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
261
ROD ENDS
SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS' STANDARD
A
B
D
E
Dia. of Hole
IX
KG
N
KG
KG
IX
M
KG
|
KG
1 y^
5?
iiA
KG
3^
m
1
'I
£
BILLINGS AND SPENCER STANDARD
I
E
T
— B
3|54
47/f6
4%
KG
KG
Ys
M
KG
2
2K6
KG
KG
I
KG
262 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
TOOL STRAPS AND BOLTS
Strap
Bolt
Nut
A B
1
1
1M
HI
IB
^6
8
D E
i:",»;
H
i*A
i:i.?
K L M N O
l5/ie
12
15M
For dimensions see page 263.
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
263
Bolt
Strap
Nut
Bdia.
of bolt
X
1
IK
IK
1*
Adia.
at root
of
thread
C
D
E
F,
G
H
J
K
L
.620
.838
.939
.939
1.064
1.064
1.490
3
5 2
5 2
IK
it*
2
IK
sH
10K
12
13 4
IK
IK
oo to to to to to t—
I^S ^\00\00\ t^\
oo to to to to to h-»
\H-\l-J \(-l\h-\>-l \l_l
iK\t>y\t3\oo\oo\ to\
4
6
6 2
8
7
9
14
10
18
1^
2 4
2
[Nilea-Bement-Pond Co., New York.]
MATERIALS OF MACHINE PARTS
Cast Iron — weak in tension and strong in compression. Tensile
strength 22,500 Ibs. per sq. in., compression 90,000. Weight per cu.
ft. 449 Ibs.
Malleable Iron — cast iron heated in retorts with an oxide of iron.
Malleable iron has a tough outside surface like wrought iron and an
interior like cast iron. Pipe fittings often made of it. Tensile
strength 37,000 Ibs.
Wrought Iron — tough, ductile, weldable but cannot be tempered.
Tensile strength 50,000 Ibs., compression 55,000. Weight per cu. ft.
485 Ibs.
Composition or Brass— copper 65.3%, zinc 32.7%. lead 2%. The
lead content makes a soft brass that can be readily machined. Navy
brass 62% copper, 36 to 37% zinc, 1 to 1^% tin. Weight per cu.
ft. 505 Ibs.
Cast Steel— has a lower carbon content than cast iron, and is used
for parts which would be too weak if made of iron. Tensile strength
60,000 Ibs. Weight per cu. ft. 490 Ibs.
Bronze — as ordinarily understood is an alloy of copper and tin,
varying from 8 to 25% of tin. Other metals may be added as phos-
phorus, making an alloy known as phosphor bronze containing 82.2%
copper, 12.95% tin, 4.28% lead and .52% phosphorus. This bronze
has a tensile strength of about 50,000 Ibs. Weight per cu. ft.
508 Ibs.
264
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
TAPER PINS
The pins should force the parts together, and in proper relation to
each other when driven home, thus preventing the pins from work-
ing loose. They are made of steel and finished all over.
PLAIN
t /
<(
1 fc~—
A
Approximate
Equivalent
A
Approximate
Equivalent
.156
%
.341
%
.172
iC|
.409
13^
.193
3ie
.492
1^
.219
7/t52
.591
19^
.250
J€
706
4%
.289
>%
Taper 34" in 12".
Lengths %", I" to 5%' advancing by
[Cincinnati Bickford Tool Co., Cincinnati, O.]
SQUARE HEAD
•5*
LtNGTH
For dimensions see page 265.
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
265
A
Approximate
Equivalent
B C
D
.156
5^ .
H 34
11^
.172
*TM
^M
.193
3Z.
/€ ^
1^2
.219
7^2
M 34
ll/-
.250
| %
17^2
.289
17/2
.341
11i2
3A K
17^2
.409
^3/^2
23/2
.492
/^
V*L %
23^2
.591
9^
ZA 1A
l1^
706
45/6
M 1A
m
Taper K" in 12".
Lengths from %" to 5^" advancing by ^".
[Cincinnati Bickford Tool Co., Cincinnati, O.]
FINISHED ENDS OF SHAFTS, BOLTS AND BUSHINGS
SOLID OR HOLLOW SHAFTS
B End of Shaft
Shaft D
A
to Bearing
1 D
4 1
1|
\
I i .
IVfg 2
2^6 3
3Vfi 4
|
*<S
Ja
4Vf6 6
3^
l|
-*Dr- 6 8
M
?
BOLTS
( t
\
4
Dia. of D
A
B
\ o -^
yto M
11/2
v
1 i
/
Yz " n/i6
212
1
>
1 " 1^|
14
7I
266
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
BUSHES, SLEEVES,
COLLARS AND WASHERS
$
» *
i
-i
<=
i
Dia. of Bush D
A
/
CT J^ i^V IV
1.
%$
2Vff " 5
erl / tt o
o Me °
4i
\
\
\
1
+
Wh
\
GEARS AND RACKS
Diametral Pitch
Circular Pitch
A
1 to 1^
3.142 to 2.513
M
l/^
2
2.094
1.571
M
2M
3
1.396
1.047
3/i6
3j^
4
.898
.785
/^
5
7
.628
.449
3/l52
8
10
.393
.314
?m
11
16
.286
.196
*
[Gisholt Mach. Co., Madison, Wis.J
Screw points — see page 42.
Nail points — see page 78.
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
267
S s?
•
X s
« O Q
o
35
S!
SECTION VII
STRUCTURAL DETAILS
RIVETS — RIVETED JOINTS — STRUCTURAL SHAPES — PLATES — WIRE AND
SHEET METAL GAUGES GAUGES FOR PUNCHING — RIVET
SPACING — BEAM CONNECTIONS
RIVETS
There are no universal proportions for structural and ship rivets,
but those given on the following pages represent good practice.
STRUCTURAL RIVETS
American Bridge Co. Standard
Full driven head, diameter, A = 1.5
Full driven head, depth, C = .425 A
Full driven head, radius, E = 1.5 C
Countersunk head, depth, F = .5 D
Countersunk head, diameter, G = 1.577 D
U-G
Dia. D
IK
m
&
STRUCTURAL DETAILS
269
270
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
RIVET HEAD FORMULAE
Hoopes & Townsend
W
(D x 1.75 =W
Cone Head.. -I Dx .875 =T
iDx .9375 = F
, (D x 1.75 =W
Button Head jj) x 75 _T
Countersunk Head Dx .50 = T
(D x 2. =W
Steeple Head • • • -(D xl =T
SIZES OP RIVET HEADS
11
1
1^6
IK
13/16
IK
Cone
Wide
i3-
2%
Thick
Top
Button
Wide Thick
2%
Countersunk
Wide
131/
2^f
Thick
K
Steeple
Wide
Thick
STRUCTURAL DETAILS 271
Champion Rivet Co., Cleveland, Ohio
let d = dia. of rivet
Cone Head. Least dia. = 15^6 X d
Greatest dia. = 1.75 X d
Height = % X d
Button Head. Dia. = 1.75 X d
Height = .75 X d
Steeple Head. Dia. = 2 X d
Height = iy8 X d
Flat Head Countersunk. Height = 3^ X d. Taper 78 degs.
Pan Head. Greatest dia. = 1.75 X d
Height = 94 X d
Flat surface on top of head equals diameter of rivet,
tapering in a rounding oval to the outside edge.
Oval Countersunk. Greatest dia. = 1 . 75 X d
78 degs. taper of countersink.
Height of countersink = .5 X d
" " oval = s/fe X d
Radius of oval = 2*4 X d
SHIP RIVETS
Lloyds
Form of Rivet, in Outside Plating. |f — <j, — *l
Tapered neck of rivet to be of suitable
length in relation to the thickness of
plate in which it will be used.
Countersink Rivets. — The countersink
is to extend through the whole thickness
of the plate when not more than .60 of
an inch in thickness, when .60 of an inch
or above, the countersink is to extend
through nine tenths the thickness of the
plate.
Tests. — Rivet shank bent cold on itself without cracking. Heads
while hot can be flattened without cracking. Tensile strength 50,000
to 60,000 Ibs. per sq. in., with an elongation of not less than 25% of
the gauge length of eight times the diameter of the test piece.
272
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
SHIP RIVETS
Lloyds
Dia. of Rivet, Ins.
A^
A, Ins.
B, Ins.
TRUSS HEAD RIVETS
D = 2.5d
h = .6d
R =2d
t = .4375d
1 =1.81d
d
D
h
R
t
1
H
.3125
.0625
.250
.055
.240
%
.3000
.0780
.312
.0680
.282
Y*
.4687
.0937
.375
.082
.360
^
.5450
.1090
.437
.095
.395
$
.6250
.1250
.500
.109
.480
%
.7250
.1400
.562
.125
.510
%
.7812
.1560
.625
.137
.600
7/8
.9375
.1875
.750
.164
.720
1.0937
.2187
.875
.191
.840
?
1.2500
.2500
1.000
.218
.960
In rivet calculations (page 276) it is customary to disregard fric-
tion and proportion rivets to the entire stress to be transmitted.
STRUCTURAL DETAILS
WAGON Box HEAD RIVETS
273
D = 2.8d
h = .4375d
R = 2.8d
t = .375d
d
D
*h
R
t
1
H
.350
.0547
.3500
.0467
.285
Yv
.4375
.0680
.4375
.0585
.356
%
.525
.0820
.5250
.0700
.427
%
.6093
.0950
.6093
.0820
.497
X
.7031
.1090
.7031
.0940
.570
%
.7812
.1230
.7812
.1050
.644
%
.875
.1365
.8750
.1170
.712
«
1.050
.1640
1.0500
.1400
.855
7/fe
1.220
.1910
1.2200
. 1640
.996
1A
1.400
.2188
1.4000
.1875
1.140
[The Atlas Bolt and Screw Co., Cleveland, Ohio.]
Lengths of Rivets for Ordering
The length for ordering pan and button head rivets is measured
exclusive of the head; for countersunk rivets and taps the ordered
length includes the head to the top of the countersink.
ALLOWANCE FOR POINTS IN LENGTH OF RIVETS WITH Two THICK-
NESSES CONNECTED
Diameters of Riveta (Ins.)
Type of point
H
*
V,
%
1
IK
Countersunk
H
5/8
X
H
1
IK
Hammered . .
*A
1A
5/
§5
Snap
J1X
jl/
\"y
IK
Oval
i/
7/
274 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
TINNERS RIVETS
D = 2.15d
Size
Max. Dia. d
1
D
t
L
6 oz.
.082
*4
lix
.027
V2
8 "
.092
£
(2
.031
ijg
10 "
.095
nZ
**z
.032
$is
12 "
.106
8
%2
.035
19^4
14 "
.109
He
!%
.036
jg
1 Ib.
.112
13154
2
.037
13^2
1M "
.120
74
17^4
.040
2%
1H "
.130
"<6
9^2
.043
15^2
1% "
.134
3
19^
.044
31^4
2 "
.144
17^4
8
.048
%
2^ "
.148
%
2v
.049
3%
3 "
.161
3
H?
.053
37^4
3^ "
.165
*l
32
.055
H
4 «
.176
%
N
.058
%
4^ *
.181
24
2%
.060
%
5 "
.186
»
13^2
.062
^2
6 "
.203
%
7/f6
.067
m
7 "
.216
%
%
.072
2%2
8 "
.225
£
•4!
.075
25^2
9' "
.234
»2
y2
.078
*
10 "
.238
15^2
33^4
.079
%
12 "
.259
y2
94
.086
5%
14 "
.284
3%
3%
.094
HZ
16 "
.300
4
41^
.1
8
In ordering rivets, the diameter should be given first and then the
length, thus — % " x 3 *. Rivets are usually shipped in kegs of 100 Ibs.
2 FULL
HEADS
STRUCTURAL DETAILS
CONVENTIONAL SIGNS FOR RIVETS
RAVET SIGNS
SHOP RWET5
o
C5K FAR SIDE
AND CHIPPED
275
C5K NEAR
SIDE
BOTH SIDES
AND CHIPPED
NEAR SIDE FAR SIDE BOTH SIDES
C'5'K NOT
CHIPPED
Q 0
TO
2 FULL
HEAD5
CS'KNEAR.
SIDE: AND
CHIPPED
FIELD R.\VET5
C'5"K FAR 5\DE
AND CHIPPED
C'5'K 5OTH 51DE
AND CHIPPED
Allowable Single Shearing Stress in Ibs. per sq. in.
Shop rivets 12,000 Ibs.
Field rivets and turned bolts 16,000 "
Field rough bolts 8,000 "
276 HANDBOOK: OF STANDARD DETAILS
RIVETED JOINTS
Diameter of rivet is 1.2 to 1.4 times \/ thickness of plate.
Distance from center of rivet to plate edge 1*4 to 2 times the
diameter of the rivet; for water tight work use 1^.
Water tight spacing 33^ times the diameter of the rivet; oil tight,
3 to 33/£ times. -
In chain riveting distance between rows of rivets is 2 to 2 ^ times
the diameter of the rivet. In staggered riveting 1.7.
Tensile strength of steel plates generally taken at 60,000 Ibs. per
sq. in. Shearing strength of rivets 50,000 Ibs. per sq. in.
Shearing strength of a rivet in double shear is usually about 1.75
times the strength in single shear.
Let d = diameter of rivet
t = thickness of plate
p = pitch of rivets
T = tensile strength of plate
C = crushing " " rivet
S = shearing "
All dimensions in inches, and stresses in pounds per square inch.
Lap Joint, Single Riveted
Resistance to tearing plate between rivets = t (p-d) T
" crushing of one rivet = t d C
" shearing " " " = % •* d2 S
Lap Joint, Double Riveted
Resistance to tearing plate between two rivets = t (p-d) T
= 2tdC
27rd2S
" crushing of two rivets
shearing "
Butt Strap, Single Riveted, Two Cover Plates
Resistance to tearing plate = t (p-d) T
" " crushing of one rivet = t d C
" "shearing" " " = 2 " f S
STRUCTURAL DETAILS
277
Butt Strap, Double Riveted, Two Cover Plates
Resistance to tearing plate
" crushing of two rivets
" " shearing " " "
= t (p-d) T
= 2tdC
47rd2S
STRUCTURAL SHAPES
(Rolled by Carnegie Steel Co.)
I = moment of inertia about line through center of gravity
y = distance from center of gravity to extreme fiber
section modulus = — .
y
A = area of section
radius of gyration = 4/—-
* A.
STRUCTURAL CHANNELS
2i
£§
°o
"o
j3 g>
*,"t5
Axis 1-1
Axis 2-2
a .,
.2 *
II
•ft
gf
•S §
"« rcJ2
!3 * ®
o £
QU
£&
<&
pfi
H c^
I
r
s
I
r
s
X
In.
Lbs.
Sq.ins.
In.
In.
In.<
In.
In.»
In.*
In.
In."
In.
55.0
16.18
3.818
.818
430.2
5.16
57.4
12.2
.87
4.1
.82
50.0
14.71
3.720
.720
402.7
5.23
53.7
11.2
.87
3.8
.80
Cl
15
45.0
13.24
3.622
.622
375.1
5.32
50.0
10.3
.88
3.6
.79
40.0
11.76
3.524
.524
347.5
5.43
46.3
9.4
.89
3.4
.78
35.0
10.29
3.426
.426
319.9
5.58
42.7
8.5
.91
3.2
.79
33.0
9.90
3.400
.400
312.6
5.62
41.7
8.2
.91
3.2
.79
40.0
11.76
3.418
.758
196.9
4.09
32.8
6.6
.75
2.5
.72
35.0
10.29
3.296
.636
179.3
4.17
29.9
5.9
.76
2.3
69
C2
12
30.0
8.82
3.173
.513
161.7
4.28
26.9
5.2
.77
2.1
.68
25.0
7.35
3.050
.390
144.0
4.43
24.0
4.5
.79
1.9
.68
20.5
6.03
2.940
.280
128.1
4.61
21.4
3.9
.81
1.7
.70
35.0
10.29
3 . 183
.823
115.5
3.35
23.1
4.7
.67
1.9
.70
30.0
8.82
3.036
.676
103.2
3.42
20.7
4.0
.67
1.7
65
C3
10
25.0
7.35
2.889
.529
91.0
3.52
18.2
3.4
.68
1.5
62
20.0
5.88
2.742
.382
78.7
3.66
15.7
2.9
.70
1.3
lei
15.0
4.46
2.600
.240
66.9
3.87
13.4
2.3
.72
1.2
.64
278 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
STRUCTURAL CHANNELS — Continued
fl M
II
41
U
"o
•5 Si
**
A
xis 1-]
[
Axis
2-2
II
"a oj
on
l!
11
Hi
111
15
HU
p- a
*S5c/}
£PH
In.
Lbs.
Sq.ins.
In.
In.
In,
In.
In.3
In."
In.
In.3
In.
25.0
7.35
2.815
.615
70.7
3.10
15.7
3.0
.64
1.4
.62
20.0
5.88
2.652
.452
60.8
3.21
13.5
2.5
.65
1.2
.59
C4
9
15.0
4.41
2.488
.288
50.9
3.40
11.3
2.0
.67
1.0
.59
13.25
3.89
2.430
.230
47.3
3.49
10.5
1.8
.67
0.97
.61
21.25
6.25
2.622
.582
47.8
2.77
11.9
2.3
.60
1.1
.59
18.75
5.51
2.530
.490
43.8
2.82
11.0
2.0
.60
1.0
.57
C5
8
16.25
4.78
2.439
.399
39.9
2.89
10.0
1.8
.61
0.95
.56
13.75
4.04
2.347
.307
36.0
2.98
9.0
1.6
.62
0.87.
.56
11.25
3.35
2.260
.220
32.3
3.11
8.1
1.3
.63
0.79
.58
19.75
5.81
2.513
.633
33.2
2.39
9.5
1.9
.56
0.96
.58
1
17.25
5.07
2.408
.528
30.2
2.44
8.6
1.6
.57
0.87
.56
C6
7
14.75
4.34
2.303
.423
27.2
2.50
7.8
1.4
.57
0.79
.54
12.25
3.60
2.198
.318
24.2
2.59
6.9
1.2
.58
0.71
.53
9.75
2.85
2.090
.210
21.1
2.72
6.0
0.98
.59
0.63
.55
15.5
4.56
2.283
.563
19.5
2.07
6.5
1.3
.53
0.74
.55
C7
6-
13.0
3.82
2.160
.440
17.3
2.13
5.8
1.1
.53
0.65
.52
10.5
3.09
2.038
.318
15.1
2.21
5.0
0.88
.53
0.57
.50
8.0
2.38
1.920
.200
13.0
2.34
4.3
0.70
.54
0.50
.52
11.5
3.38
2.037
.477
10.4
1.75
4.2
0.82
.49
0.54
.51
C8
5
9.0
2.65
1.890
.330
8.9
1.83
3.6
0.64
.49
0.45
.48
6.5
1.95
1.750
.190
7.4
1.95
3.0
0.48
.50
0.38
.49
7.25
2.13
1.725
.325
4.6
1.46
2.3
0.38
.46
0.35
.46
C9
4
6.25
1.84
1.652
.252
4.2
1.51
2.1
0.44
.45
0.32
.46
5.25
1.55
1.580
.180
3.8
1.56
1.9
0.32
.45
0.29
.46
6.0
1.76
1.602
.362
2.1
1.08
1.4
0.31
.42
0.27
.46
C72
3
5.0
1.47
1.504
.264
1.8
1.12
1.2
0.25
.42
0.24
.44
4.0
1.19
1.410
.170
1.6
1.17
1.1
0.20
.41
0.21
.44
EQUAL ANGLES
X A >i*
\3
STRUCTURAL DETAILS
279
Q;_ ~
Weight
Area
Ax
is 1-1 ar
d Axis 2
-2
Axis 3-3
Section
oize
Foot
of
Section
r min.
Index
r
s
X
Ins.
Pounds
In.'
In.4
In.
In."
In.
In.
A 3
6x6xM
28.7
8.44
28.2
1.83
6.7
1.78
1.17
A 4
1V6
26.5
7.78
26.2
.83
6.2
1.75
1.17
A 5
%
24.2
7.11
24.2
.84
5.7
1.73
1.17
A 6
A 7
1
21.9
19.6
6.43
5.75
22.1
19.9
.85
.86
5.1
4.6
1.71
1.68
1.18
1.18
A 8
17.2
5.06
17.7
.87
4.1
1.66
1.19
A 88
%
14.9
4.36
15.4
.88
3.5
1.64
1.19
A 11
5x5x %
23.6
6.94
15.7
.50
4.5
1.52
.97
A 12
n/f6
21.8
6.40
14.7
.51
4.2
1.50
.97
A 13
5A
20.0
5.86
13.6
.52
3.9
1.48
.97
A 14
"/*
18.1
5.31
12.4
.53
3.5
1.46
.98
A 15
^
16.2
4.75
11.3
.54
3.2
1.43
.98
A 16
7^«
14.3
4.18
10.0
.55
2.8
1.41
.98
A 17
N
12.3
3.61
8.7
.56
2.4
1.39
.99
A 19
4x4x%
18.5
5.44
7.7
.19
2,8
1.27
.77
A 20
"/to
17.1
5.03
7.2
.19
2.6
1.25
.77
A 21
%
15.7
4.61
6.7
.20
2.4
1.23
.77
A 22
9.S
14.3
4.18
6.1
.21
2.2
1.21
.78
A 23
%
12.8
3.75
5.6
.22
2.0
1.18
.78
A 24
1A&
11.3
3.31
5.0
.23
1.8
1.16
.78
A 25
%
9.8
2.86
4.4
.23
1.5
1.14
.79
A 29
3Mx3^x^
13.6
3.98
4.3
.04'
1.8
1.10
.68
A 30
9/ie
12.4
3.62
4.0
.05
1.6
1.08
.68
A 31
i^
11.1
3.25
3.6
.06
1.5
1.06
.68
A 32
7/ii>
9.8
2.87
3.3
.07
1.3
1.04
.68
A 33
iNt
8.5
2.48
2.9
.07
1.2
1.01
.69
A 99
^ie
7.2
2.09
2.5
.08
.98
.99
.69
A 285
M
5.8
1.69
2.0
.09
.79
.97
.69
A 36
3x3x^
9.4
2.75
2.2
.90
1.1
.93
.58
A 37
7/i6
8.3
2.43
2.0
.91
.95
.91
.58
A 38
^
7.2
2.11
1.8
.91
.83
.89
.58
A 39
%
6.1
1.78
1.5
.92
.71
.87
.59
A 40
M
4.9
1.44
1.2
.93
.58
.84
.59
A 48
2i^x2 i/£x%
5.9
1.73
.98
.75
.57
.76
.48
A 49
^ie
5.0
1.47
.85
.76
.48
.74
.49
A 50
M
4.1
1.19
.70
.77
.39
.72
.49
A 59
2x2xM
3.19
.94
.35
.61
.25
.59
.39
A 60
**
2.44
.71
.28
.62
.19
.57
.40
Structural Shapes — of steel made by the open hearth process.
The steel used in ships has a tensile strength of 58,000-68,000 Ibs.
per sq. in.; yield point minimum .5 tensile strength; elongation in 8
1,500,000
ins. minimum per cent ^ : n:- Steel for buildings has a
tensile strength
slightly lower tensile strength.
280
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
I BEAMS %
M
a
^o
*!.
Axis 1-1
Axis 2-2
|
"S o
^ r?
"o g
't>'°
a
1
1?
£&
11
1?
gll
i
r
8
I
T
s
I
In.
Lbs.
In.2
In.
In.
In.4
In.
In.'
In.-
In.
In.*
B61
27
90
26.33
9.000
.524
2958.3
10.60
219.1
75.3
1.69
16.7
B24
24
115
33.98
8.000
.750
2955.5
9.33
246.3
83.2
1.57
20.8
110
32.48
7.938
.688
2883 . 5
9.42
240.3
81.0
1.58
20.4
105
30.98
7.875
.625
2811.5
9.53
234.3
78.9
1.60
20.0
B 1
24
100
29.41
7.254
.754
2379.6
9.00
198.3
48.6
1.28
13.4
95
27.94
7.193
.693
2309 . 0
9.09
192.4
47.1
1.30
13.1
90
26.47
7.131
.631
2238.4
9.20
186.5
45.7
1.31
12.8
85
25.00
7.070
.570
2167.8
9.31
180.7
44.4
1.33
12.6
80
23.32
7.000
.500
2087.2
9.46
173.9
42.9
1.36
12.3
B62
24
74
21.70
9.000
.476
1950.1
9.48
162.5
61.2
1.68
13.6
B63
21
60.5
17.68
8.250
.428
1235.5
8.36
117.7
43.5
1.57
10.6
B 2
20
100
29.41
7.284
.884
1655.6
7.50
165.6
52.7
1.34
14.5
95
27.94
7.210
.810
1606.6
7.58
160.7
50.8
1.35
14.1
90
26.47
7.137
.737
1557,6
7.67
155.8
49.0
1.36
13.7
85
25.00
7.063
.663
1508.5
7.77
150.9
47.3
1.37
13.4
80
23.73
7.000
.600
1466.3
7.86
146.6
45.8
1.39
13.1
B 3
20
75
22.06
6.399
.649
1268.8
7.58
126.9
30.3
1.17
9.5
70
20.59
6.325
.575
1219.8
7.70
122.0
29.0
1.19
9.2
65
19.08
6.250
.500
1169.5
7.83
117.0
27.9
1.21
8.9
B81
18
90
26.47
7.245
.807
1260.4
6.90
140.0
52.0
1.40
14.4
85
25.00
7.162
.725
1220.7
6.99
135.6
50.0
1.42
14.0
80
23.53
7.083
.644
1181.0
7.09
131.2
48.1
1.43
13.6
75
22.05
7.000
.562
1141.3
7.19
126.8
46.2
1.45
13.2
B80
18
70
20.59
6.259
.719
921.2
6.69
102.4
24.6
1.09
7.9
65
19.12
6.177
.637
881.5
6.79
97.9
23.5
1.11
7.6
60
17.65
6.095
.555
841.8
6.91
93.5
22.4
1.13
7.3
55
15.93
6.000
.460
795.6
7.07
88.4
21.2
1.15
7.1
B64
18
48
14.08
7.500
.380
737.1
7.23
81.9
30.0
1.46
8.0
B 5
15
75
22.06
6.292
.882
691.2
5.60
92.2
30.7
1.18
9.8
70
20.59
6.194
.784
663.7
5.68
88.5
29.0
1.19
9.4
STRUCTURAL DETAILS
281
Jj
S
-4^ "S
_rt O
°§
1
Axis 1-1
Axis 2-2
^3
"** -/>
Ife
^j j3
O O
|
si
•Sg
$|
V*
ell
I
r
s
I
r
s
1
CQ
In.
Lbs.
In.a
In.
In.
In.*
In.
In."
In/
In.
In..
B 7
15
55
16.18
5.746
.656
511.0
5.62
68.1
17.1
1.02
'5.9
50
14.71
5.648
.558
483.4
5.75
64.5
16.0
1.04
5.7
45
13.24
5.550
.460
455.9
5.87
60.8
15.1
1.07
5.4
42
12.48
5.500
.410
441.8
5.95
58.9
14.6
1.08
5.3
B65
15
37.5
10.91
6.750
.332
405.5
6.10
54.1
19.9
1.35
5.9
B 8
12
55
16.18
5.611
.821
321.0
4.45
53.5
17.5
1.04
6.2
50
14.71
5.489
.699
303.4
4.54
50.6
16.1
1.05
5.9
45
13.24
5.366
.576
285.7
4.65
47.6
14.9
1.06
5.6
40
11.84
5.250
.460
269.0
4.77
44.8
13.8
1.08
5.3
B 9
12
35
10.29
5.086
.436
228.3
4.71
38.0
10.1
.99
4.0
31. 5
9.26
5.000
.350
215.8
4.83
36.0
9.5
1.01
3.8
B66
12
28
8.15
6.000
.284
199.4
4.95
33.2
12.6
1.24
4.2
Bll
10
40
11.76
5.099
.749
158.7
3.67
31.7
9.5
.90
3.7
35
10.29
4.952
.602
146.4
3.77
29.3
8.5
.91
3.4
30
8.82
4.805
.455
134.2
3.90
26.8
7.7
.93
3.2
25
7.37
4.660
.310
122.1
4.07
24.4
6.9
.97
3.0
B67
10
22.25
6.54
5.500
.252
113.6
4.17
22.7
9.0
1.17
3.3
B 13
9
35
10.29
4.772
.732
111.8
3.29
24.8
7.3
.84
3.1
30
8.82
4.609
.569
101.9
3.40
22.6
6.4
.85
2.8
25
7.35
4.446
.406
91.9
3.54
20.4
5.7
.88
2.5
21
6.31
4.330
.290
84.9
3.67
18.9
5.2
.90
2.4
B15
8
25. 5
7.50
4.271
.541
68.4
3.02
17.1
4.8
.80
2.2
23
6.76
4.179
.449
64.5
3.09
16.1
4.4
.81
2.1
20. 5
6.03
4.087
.357
60.6
3.17
15.2
4.1
.82
2.0
18
5.33
4.000
.270
56.9
3.27
14.2
3.8
.84
1.9
B68
8
17. 5
5.12
5.000
.220
58.4
3.38
14.6
6.2
1.10
2.5
B17
7
20
5.88
3.868
.458
42.2
2.68
12.1
3.2
.74
.7
17. 5
5.15
3.763
.353
39.2
2.76
11.2
2.9
.76
.6
15
4.42
3.660
.250
36.2
2.86
10.4
2.7
.78
.5
B 19
6
17.25
5.07
3.575
.475
26.2
2.27
8.7
2.4
.68
.3
14.75
4.34
3.452
.352
24.0
2.35
8.0
2.1
.69
.2
12.25
3.61
3.330
.230
21 .-8
2.46
7.3
1.9
.72
1.1
B21
5
14.75
4.34
3.294
.504
15.2
1.87
6.1
1.7
.63
1.0
12.25
3.60
3.147
.357
13.6
1.94
5.5
1.5
.63
.92
9.75
2.87
3.000
.210
12.1
2.05
4.8
1.2
.65
.82
B23
4
10. 5
3.09
2.880
.410
7.1
1.52
3.6
1.0
.57
.70
9. 5
2.79
2.807
.337
6.8
1.55
3.4
.93
.58
.66
8. 5
2.50
2.733
.263
6.4
1.59
3.2
.85
.58
.62
7. 5
2.21
2.660
.190
6.0
1.64
3.0
.77
.59
.58
B77
3
7. 5
2.21
2.521
.361
2.9
1.15
1.9
.60
.52
.48
6. 5
1.91
2.423
.263
2.7
1.19
1.8
.53
.52
.44
5. 5
1.63
2.330
.170
2.5
1.23
1.7
.46
.53
.40
282
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
Size
W'ght
Area
of
Axis 1-1
Axis 2-2
Axis
3-3
Sec-
tion
Depth
Flanges
Thick-
ness
Foot
Sec-
tion
I
r
s
I
r
s
r
min.
Index
In.
In.
In.
Lbs.
In.2
In.
In.
In.
In.''
In.
In.
In.
Z 3
63/g
3fi
K
34.6
10.17
50.2
2722
16.4
19.2
T73~
~783
gu
13/fe
32.0
9.40
46.1
2.22
15.2
17.3
1.3
5.'
.82
6
3y%
29.4
8.63
42.1
2.21
14.0
15.4
1.34
4.9
.81
Z 2
6H
3%
"/fe
28.1
8.25
43.2
2.29
14.1
16.3
1.4
5.0
.84
6 Vie
39/ie
%
25.4
7.46
38.9
2.28
12.8
14.4
1.39
4.4
.82
6
3^
%
22.8
6.68
34.6
2.28
11.5
12.6
1.37
3.9
.81
Z 1
6Ji
3%
/^
21.1
6.19
34.4
2.36
11.2
12.9
1.44
3.8
.84
6Vie
39/fe
7/ie
18.4
5.39
29.8
2.35
9.8
11.0
1.43
3.3
.83
6
%
15.7
4.59
25.3
2.35
8.4
9.1
1.41
2.8
.83
Z 6
5^
yy
ls/ie
28.4
8.33
28.
1.86
11.2
14.4
1.31
4.8
.76
5 W
%
"5
26.0
23.7
7.64
9.96
26.
23.
1.85
1.84
10.3
9.5
12.8
11.4
1.30
1.28
4.4
3.9
.74
.73
Z 5
5H
3%
9^
22.6
6.64
24.
1.92
9.6
12.1
1.35
3.9
.76
5V*
35/ie
20.2
5.94
21.
1.91
8.G
10.5
1.33
3.5
.75
5
•3M
y*
17.9
5.25
19.
1.91
7.7
9.1
1.31
3.0
.74
Z 4
5H
3%
16.4
4.81
19.
1.99
7.4
9.2
1.38
2.9
.77
5Vie
35/ie
14.0
4.10
10.
1.99
6.4
7. 7
1.37
2.5
.76
5
3M
%
11.6
3.40
13.
1.98
5.3
6.2
1.35
2.0
.75
Z 9
41^
3s/ie
%
23.0
6.75
15
1.49
7.3
11.2
1.29
4.0
.68
4 Vie
3^6
1Vj6
20.9
6.14
13.
1.48
6.7
10.0
1.27
3.6
.67
4
3 Vie
5i
18.9
5.55
12.1
1.48
6.1
8.7
1.25
3.2
.66
Z 8
4H
33/ie
9/ie
18.0
5.27
12.7
1.55
6.2
9.3
1.33
3.2
.68
4Vf6
31^
1^
15.9
4.66
11.2
1.55
5.5
8.0
1.31
2.8
.67
4
3Vie
s
13.8
4.05
9.7
1.55
4.8
6.7
1.29
2.4
.66
Z 7
4H
33xi6
%
12.5
3.66
9.6
1.62
4.7
6.8
1.36
2.3
.69
4 Vie
33^
^ie
10.3
3.03
7 9
1.62
3.9
5.5
1.34
1.8
.68
4
3Vfe
M
8.2
2.41
6.3
1.62
3.1
4.2
1.33
1.4
.67
Z 12
3Vie
2%
9/ie
14.3
4.18
5 3
.12
3.4
5.7
.17
2.3
.54
3
21Vie
H
12.6
3.69
4.6
.12
3.1
4.9
.15
2.0
.53
Z 11
3Vie
2M
7/ie
11.5
3.36
4 6
.17
3.0 4.8
.19
1.9
.55
3
8%
^i
9.8
2.86*
3.9
.16
2.6 3.9
.17
1.6
.54
Z 10
3Vie
2M
5/ie
8.5
2.48
3.6
.21
2.4 3.6
.21
1.4
.56
3
21Vie
Ji
6.7
1.97
2.9
.21
1.91 2.8
.19
1.1
.55
STRUCTURAL DETAILS
283
Size
Weight
Area
Axis 1-1
Axis 2-2*
Axis
3-3
Section
Foot
section
r
Index
I
r
s
X
I
r
s
X
min.
Ins.
Pounds
In..
In.4
In.
In..
In.
In.4
In.
In.s
In.
In.
A 171
6x3^x%:
22.4
6.56
23.3
1.89
6.1
2.18
5.8
.94
2.3
.93
.75
A 172
2 "/i
20.6
6.06
21.7
1.89
5.6
2.15
5.5
.95
2.1
.90
.75
A 173
N
18.9
5.55
20.1
1.90
5.2
2.13
5.1
.96
1.9
.88
.75
A 174
A 175
1
117.1
15.3
5.03
4.50
18.4
16.6
1.91
1.92
4.7
4.2
2.11
2.08
4.7
4.3
.96
.97
1.8
1.6
.86
.83
.75
.76
A 176
(2
13.5
3.97
14.8
1.93
3.7
2.06
3.8
.98
1.4
.81
.76
A 177
2i
11.7
3.42
12.9
1.94
3.3
2.04
3.3
.99
1.2
.79
.77
A 201
5x3xJ^
12.8
3.75
9.5
1.59
2.9
1.75
2.6
.83
1.1
.75
.65
A 202
Tfe
11.3
3.31
8.4
1.60
2.6
.73
2.3
.84
1.0
.73
.65
A 203
H
9.8
2.86
7.4
1.61
2.2
.70
2.0
.84
.89
.70
.65
A 280
8.2
2.40
6.3
1.61
1.9
.68
1.8
.85
.75
.68
.66
A 225
4x3xK
11.1
3.25
5.0
1.25
1.9
.33
2.4
.86
1.1
.83
.64
A 226
7/
9.8
2.87
4.5
1.25
1.7
.30
2.2
.87
1.0
.80
.64
A 227
3^
8.5
2.48
4.0
1.20
1.5
.28
1.9
.88
.87
.78
.64
A 228
9fc
7.2
2.09
3.4
1.27
1.2
.26
1.7
.89
.74
.#6
.65
A 234
3^x3xK
10.2
3.00
3.5
1.07
1.5
1.13
2.3
.88
1.1
.88
.62
A 235
7/
9.1
2.65
3.1
1.08
1.3
1.10
2.1
.89
.98
.85
.62
A 236
3^
7.9
2.30
2.7
1.09
1.1
1.08
1.8
.90
.85
.83
.62
A 237
M
6.6
1.93
2.3
1.10
.96
1.06
1.6
.90
.72
.81
.63
A 286
k
5.4
1.56
1.9
1.11
.78
1.04
1.3
.91
.58
.79
.63
A 255
3x2^x%
6.6
1.92
1.7
.93
.81
.96
1.0
.74
.58
.71
.52
A 256
5/ie
5.6
1.62
1.4
.94
.69
.93
.90
.74
.49
.68
.53
A 257
M
4.5
1.31
1.2
.95
.56
.91
.74
.75
.40
.66
.53
Ordering Shapes. — Beams, channels, bulb angles, Tees and Zees
should be ordered to weight per linear foot. Angles may be ordered
either to weight per foot or to thickness, but never both.
284
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
WIRE AND SHEET METAL GAUGES
DIAMETERS AND THICKNESSES IN DECIMAL PARTS OF AN INCH
!
J
fi
Sl
|l
S^u,
6
|
!•
11
I
a
|1
|«js
M
£,&•»
§
1
OQ
a »
l|
"rd
1
jj
III
l&
1
1
UQ <a
&Z*
6
^S
s&s
02^ 0
H
j
e>3l
1— i O
000000
.4687
.464
00000
4500
4375
^432
oooo -
.4600
.454
.3938
.4000
.4062
!400
000
.4*096
.425
.3625
.3600
.3750
.372
00
.3648
.380
.3310
.3300
.3437
.348
0
.3249
.340
.3065
.3050
.3125
.324
1
.2893
.300
.2830
.2850
!227
.2812
.300
2
.2576
.284
.2625
.2650
.219
.2656
.276
3
.2294
.259
.2437
.2450
.212
.2500
.252
4
.2043
.238
.2253
.2250
.207
.2344
.232
5
.1819
.220
.2070
.2050
.204
.2187
.212
6
.1620
.203
.1920
.1900
.201
.2031
.192
7
.1443
.180
.1770
.1750
.199
.1875
.177
8
.1285
.165
.1620
.1600
.197
.1719
.160
9
.1144
.148
.1483
.1450
.194
.1562
.144
10
.1019
.134
.1350
.1300
.191
.1406
.128
11
.0907
.120
.1205
.1175
.188
.1250
.116
12
.0808
.109
.1055
.1050
.185
.1094
.104
13
.0720
.095
.0915
.0925
.182
.0937
.092
14
.0641
.083
.0800
.0800
.180
.0781
.080
15
.0571
.072
.0720
.0700
.178
.0703
.072
16
.0508
.065
.0625
.0610
.175
.0625
.064
17
.0453
.058
.0540
.0525
.172
.0562
.056
18
.0403
.049
.0475
.0450
.168
.0500
.048
19
.0359
.042
.0410
.0400
.164
.0437
.040
20
.0320
.035
.0348
.0350
.161
.0375
.036
21
.0285
.032
.0317
.0310
.157
.0344
.032
22
.0253
.028
.0286
.0280
.155
.0312
.028
23
.0226
.025
.0258
.0250
.153
.0281
.024
24
.0201
.022
.0230
.0225
.151
.0250
.022
25
.0179
.020
.0204
.0200
.148
.0219
.020
26
.0159
.018
.0181
.0180
.146
.0187
.018
27
.0142
.016
.0173
.0170
.143
.0172
.0164
28
.0126
.014
.0162
.0160
.139
.0156
.0148
29
.0113
.013
.0150
.0150
.134
.0141
.0136
30
.0100
.012
.0140
.0140
.127
.0125
.0124
31
.0089
.010
.0132
.0130
.120
.0109
.0116
32
.0079
.009
.0128
.0120
.115
.0102
.0108
33
.0071
.008
.0118
.0110
.112
.0094
.0100
STRUCTURAL DETAILS
285
- 1
~
sg
X
£
|J
•£O
|S
6
2
11
g
1
i^
«°e ef
2
"3
if
'5 OJ
a
*£
!l
111
|
|
^s
02 a;
!&•
0
Is
££ 0
H
£
P.E
5o
34
.0063
.007
.0104
.0100
.110
.0086
.0092
35
.0056
.005
.0095
.0095
.108
.0078
.0084
36
.0050
.004
.0090
.0090
.106
.0070
.0076
37
.0045
.0085
.103
.0066
.0068
38
0040
.0080
.101
.0062
.0060
39
0035
0075
099
0052
40
.0070
.097
.0048
WEIGHT OF FLAT BAR STEEL, PER LINEAL FOOT
a
58
1A
5'8
H
%
1
IK
1M
IN
\Yi
15*
2
2M
2M
2^
3
3^
H
.213
.266
.320
.372
.426
.479
.530
.585
.640
.745
.850
.955
1.07
1.18
1.28
1.49
?,«
.319
.399
.480
.558
.639
.718
.790
.878
.960
1.12
1.28
1.43
1.60
1.76
1.92
2.24
!
.425
.533
.640
.743
.852
.958
1.06
1.17
1.28
1.49
1.70
1.91
2.13
2.34
2.56
2.98
*,
.531
.665
.800
.929
1.06
1.20
1.33
1.46
1.60
1.86
2.13
2.39
2.66
2.92
3.19
3.72
3
.638
.798
.960
1.12
1.28
1.43
1.59
1.75
1.91
2.23
2.55
2.87
3.20
3.51
3.83
4.46
;,;-,
.744
.931
.12
1.30
1.49
1.67
1.86
2.05
2.23
2.60
2.98
3.35
3.72
4.09
4.46
5.21
1.:
1.07
.28
1.49
1.70
1.91
2.13
2.34
2.55
2.98
3.40
3.83
4.26
4.68
5.10
5.96
'''•;
1 20
.44
1.67
1.91
2.15
2.39
2.63
2.87
3.35
3.83
4.30
4.78
5.26
5.74
6.69
3
.60
1.86
2.12
2.39
2.66
2.92
3.19
3.72
4.26
4.79
5.32
5.86
6.39
7.44
1 ' ifi
.76
2.04
2.34
2.63
2.92
3.22
3.51
4.09
4.68
5.26
5.84
6.43
7.01
8.18
*
2.23
2.55
2.86
3.19
3.50
3.83
4.46
5.10
5.74
6.40
7.02
7.65
8.92
Si
2.41
2.76
3.11
3.45
3.80
4.14
4.83
5.53
6.22
6.91
7.60
8.29
9.67
<f
2.98
3 34
3.72
4.09
4.46
5.21
5.96
6.70
7.46
8.19
8.94
10.42
'5lo
3.19
3.59
3.98
4.38
4.78
5.58
6.38
7.17
7.97
8.77
9.56
11.20
1
3.82
4.25
*.68
5.10
5.96
6.80
7.66
8.52
9.36
10.20
11 92
WEIGHTS OF STEEL PLATES
Thickness
Ins.
Weight per
Sq. Ft.
Lbs.
Thickness
Ins.
Weight per
Sq. Ft.
Lbs.
Thickness
Ins.
Weight per
Sq. Ft.
Lbs.
5
%
M
10.200
11.475
12.750
14.025
15.300
16.575
17.850
19.125
F
21.675
22.950
24.225
25.500
26.775
28.050
29.325
30.600
1
33.150
34.425
35.700
36.975
38.250
39.525
40.800
v/
20.400
25/1
31.875
286
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
GAUGES FOR PUNCHING
As punching injures the metal around the hole, the hole should be
punched ^6 in- smaller than the rivet and then reamed, the finished
hole being about He m- greater than the diameter of the rivet. The
burr caused by punching must be removed before the parts are
riveted together.
Drilled holes are He m- larger than the bolt or rivet. When holes
are drilled, the metal is not injured as in punching. For boilers the
plates are drilled, as they are also in many cases for tanks.
I BEAMS
*— f
Depth of
beam
GageG
Max. rivet
in flange
Depth of
beam
GageG
Max. rivet
in flange
27
24
21
20
18
15
12
4
4
4
4
3^
3
7/8
9
8
7
6
5
4
2 4
H
B
10
4
a/
The spacing of the rivets longitudinally in structural shapes de-
pends on the loads to be carried. In ship work the rivet spacing
in frames, beams and stiffeners is given in the classification rules
(Lloyds or American Bureau of Shipping) under which the ship is
built.
For spacing in riveted joints see page 276.
STRUCTURAL DETAILS
CHANNELS
287
Depth of channel
and weight
Gage
G
Max. rivet
in flange
Depth of channel
and weight
Gage
G
Max. rivet
in flange
15 j
13
12
10
9
f 50-55 Ib.
( 33-45 Ib.
' 40-45 Ib.
32-37
35-40
20.5-30
25 to 35
15 to 20
20 to 25
13.25 to 15
\p* v^ VV1^^^
i-t\ eON»H\ e-5\00\i-l\rH\CO\
<M <N (N <N <N i— IT-IT-IT— 1 r-l
H
7A
%
%
%
8<
7
6
16.25-21.25
11.25-13.75
17. 25-19. Z5
9.75-14.75
13 -15.5
8 -10.5
1H
1%
Ui
VA
i%
1H
y±
%
X
[Carnegie Steel Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.]
4
IK
TEES
G'
m
ZEES
A
B
G
A
B
G
6
3V*
2
4
3
134
5
3M
IK
3
2M
288 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
ANGLES
J
Leg.
G2
G3.......
Max. rivet
3l/23
H
7/8
ix
H
7/8
'1A
For column details 6" leg (X mch thick or less) against column
shaft G2 = IX", G3 = 3".
For diagonal angles, etc., gauge in middle, where riveted leg equals
or exceeds 3" for %" rivets, 3%" for %* rivets.
RIVET SPACING
RIVETS IN CRIMPED ANGLES
/•K
Distance A should never be less than 2 ins. This applies to but-
ton, pan and countersunk head rivets, and also whether angles are
watertight or non-watertight.
See also pages 276 and 286.
STRUCTURAL DETAILS
CLEARANCE FOR COVER PLATE RIVETING
289
A...
B...
C..
2M
1
4
3^
CLEARANCE FOR WEB RIVETING
Minimum A
Standard A
U*
1 l/o " for 5/o" rivets
MINIMUM RIVET SPACING
Dia. of rivet
X minimum. .
290
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
STAGGER OF RIVETS TO MAINTAIN NET SECTION
Am. Bridge Co. — Standard
a
a
One hole out Two holes out
a = sum of gauges minus thickness of angle.
y = diameter of rivet + Y%
a - y = Va2 + b2 - 2y a1 - 2y = \/a2 + b2 - 3y
b = \/2ay + y2 b = \/2ay + y2
Dimensions in inches
H
r-4
I
^bJ
-
+ .
I
-•
H-
I
-
-J
M"
Vs"
M"
^"
Rivet
Rivet
Rivet
Rivet
a
Q\
b
b
b
b
1
1H
2 4
5
&4
%" rivets can be
3% taken at ^" less
3^ than for ^4", and
2
2/ifi
2/4
6 2
3/^
3y8 1" rivets at Y8"
2^
2M
27/f6
6^
31^
3% more than for Y%
3
2^16
7
35^
3//8
3^
2if
2131e
71^
3/4
4
4
3
8
3%
41^
4K
216/2
3^6
8^
4
4M
DISTANCE CENTER TO CENTER JDF STAGGERED RIVETS
-4—
s
STRUCTURAL DETAILS
291
All dimensions in inches
Values of X for varying values of A and B
Value
of A
IK
Values of B
ill
IK
i13/r6
IK
2
i~2M~^;
2%
2^6
e
2
2Vf6
_2%r
2%
2H
2%
J2*"2%
2-^6
214
Jii-i|
2
2%
215/<6
3Vis
2
25^
2^
2^6
HI
2M
Jtl
2M
213/f6
21'Ke
3
SVji
3«2
3M
2M
2K
2%
3M
3^
3^6
2i3/r6
8*
NOTE — Values below or to right of upper zigzag lines are large enough for
" " " *S " lower " " ....... '
" rivets.
MINIMUM STAGGER FOR RIVETS
Dia. of
Rivet
Minimum stagger D, ins.
C, ins.
W1
IK
IK
I13/i6 IK
292
HANDBOOK, OF STANDARD DETAILS
BEAM CONNECTIONS
5*, 6" and 1" beams
2 angles 6" X 4" X %" X 3", wt. 7 Ibs.
12" I beam connections two angles 4"X 4"X%>"X 8^* wt. 17 Ibs.,
3 rivets 3" pitch
15", 18", 20" beam connections two angles 4" X 4" X %" X
wt. 23 ft>s., 4 rivets 3" pitch
21" beam connections two angles 4" X 4" X 1A" X I"—
wt. 33 Ibs., 5 rivets 3" pitch
8*, 9* and 10* beams
2 angles 6" X 4" X H" X 5*4* , wt. 13 Ibs.
~T
To
24" beam connections two angles 4"X4"XH"Xl"— 5*4" wt. 39
fts., 6 rivets 3" pitch
27" beam connections two angles 4" X 4" X Yz" X 1"— 8^"
wt. 46 fts., 7 rivets 3" pitch
Rivets and bolts %" diameter
Weights given are for % " shop rivets and angle connections,
about 20% should be added for field rivets or bolts.
STRUCTURAL DETAILS 293
LIMITING VALUES OF BEAM CONNECTIONS
Value of
Values of outstanding legs of connection angles
web con-
I Beams
nection
Field rivets
Field bolts
Shnr»
Mini-
Mini-
Depth
ins.
Weight
Ibs.
per ft.
onop
rivets
in
enclosed
bearing
Ibs.
/4 1H»
rivets
or turned
bolts
single
shear
11 _
mum
allow-
able
span
in ft.
uniform
t
in.
rough
bolts
single
shear
Ibs.
mum
allow-
able
span
in ft.
uniform
t
in.
Ibs.
load
load
27^
90
82530
61900
18.9
Fj
49500
23.6
R
24
80
67500
53000
17.5
X
42400
21.9
X
21
60^
48150
44200
14.2
X
35300
17.8
X
20
65
45000
35300
17.6
28300
22.1
X
18
55
41400
35300
13.3
%
28300
16.7
X
15
42
36900
35300
8.9
%
28300
11.1
B
12
23600
26500
8.1
%
21200
9.0
10
25 2
27900
17700
7.4
%
14100
9.2
%
9
21
26100
17700
5.7
%
14100
7.1
5/£
8
18
24300
17700
4.3
X
14100
5.4
%
7
15
11300
8800
6.2
7100
7.8
X
6
10400
8800
4.4
X
7100
5.5
%
5
9%
9500
8800
2.9
y
7100
3.6
5/8
t = web thickness in bearing
when beams frame opposite.
to develop max. allowable reactions
[Pocket Companion, Carnegie Steel Co.]
DISTANCE BETWEEN BEAMS
A = H thickness of web + l/\&
LOCATION OP CONNECTION ANGLES
FLUSH BOTTOM
FLUSH TOP
SECTION VIII
USEFUL TABLES
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES METRIC SYSTEM METRIC AND U. S.
EQUIVALENT MEASURES — DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS OF AN INCH —
INCHES AND FRACTIONS IN DECIMALS OF A FOOT — STRENGTH
OF MATERIALS — SPECIFIC GRAVITIES AND WEIGHTS OF
MATERIALS — EQUIVALENT VALUES OF ELECTRICAL,
MECHANICAL AND HEAT UNITS
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES
(United States and Great Britain)
TROY WEIGHT
24 grains = 1 pennyweight (pwt.)
20 pwts. = 1 ounce
12 ounces = 1 pound
APOTHECARIES' WEIGHT
20 grains = 1 scruple 8 drams = 1 ounce
3 scruples = 1 dram 12 ounces = 1 pound
AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT
16 drams = 1 ounce 2000 pounds = 1 short ton
16 ounces = 1 pound 2240 pounds = 1 long ton
SHIPPING WEIGHT
16 ounces = 1 pound
28 pounds = 1 quarter
4 quarters or 112 pounds = 1 hundredweight (cwt.)
20 cwt. }
2240 pounds / =
LINEAR MEASURE (Land)
12 inches = 1 foot 40 rods = 1 furlong
3 feet = 1 yard 8 furlongs \ _ .,
514 yards = 1 rod or 5280 ft. / =
294
USEFUL TABLES 295
LINEAR MEASURE (Nautical)
6 feet ' = 1 fathom 6080 feet = 1 nautical mile
or knot
120 fathoms = 1 cable length 3 knots = 1 league
SQUARE MEASURE
144 square inches = 1 square foot 40 square rods = 1 rood
9 square feet = 1 square yard 4 roods = 1 acre
3034 square yards = 1 square rod 640 acres = 1 square mile
TIME MEASURE
60 seconds = 1 minute 24 hours = 1 day
60 minutes = 1 hour 7 days = 1 week
28, 29, 30 or 31 days = 1 calender month (30 days = 1 month in
computing interest)
365 days = 1 year 366 days = 1 leap year
CIRCULAR MEASURE
60 seconds = 1 minute 90 degrees = 1 quadrant
60 minutes = 1 degree 360 degrees = 1 circumference
Instead of an angle being given in degrees it can be given in
radians, one radian being equal to the arc of a circle whose length is
the radius. Thus if R denotes the radius, the circumference of the
X 2?r R TT
circle 2ir R, then the circular measure of 90 =
~ - 0
n 2,
similarly the circular measure of 180° = TT; 60° = ^ &c.
o
DRY MEASURE
2 pints = 1 quart 4 pecks = 1 bushel
8 quarts = 1 peck 36 bushels = 1 chaldron
One United States struck bushel contains 2150.42 cu. ins. or
1.244 cu. ft. A British bushel contains 2218.19 cu. ins. or 1.2837
cu. ft. or 1.032 U. S. bushels.
LIQUID MEASURE
4 gills = 1 pint 31^ gallons = 1 barrel
2 pints = 1 quart 2 barrels or 63 gallons = 1 hogs-
4 quarts = 1 gallon head
One United States gallon contains 231 cu. ins. or .134 cu. ft. or
1 cu. ft. = 7.481 gallons. One British Imperial gallon both liquid
and dry contains 277.27 cu. ins. or .160 cu. ft.
296 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
BOARD MEASURE
To find the number of feet board measure in a stick of timber,
multiply the length in feet, by the breadth in feet, by the thickness in
inches.
Example. Find the board measure of a piece of timber 20 ft. long,
2 ft. wide by 2 ins. thick.
20 ft. X 2 ft. X 2 ins. = 80 ft. board measure
CUBIC MEASURE
1,728 cubic inches = 1 cubic foot
27 cubic feet = 1 cubic yard
128 cubic feet = 1 cord of wood
SURVEYOR'S OR GUNTER'S MEASURE
7.92 inches = 1 link 4 rods = 1 chain
25 links = 1 rod 80 chains = 1 mile
METRIC SYSTEM
The fundamental units are — meter for length, liter for volume
and gram for weight. Multiples are obtained by prefixing deka (10),
hekto (100) and kilo (1,000), and divisions by deci (1/10), centi
(1/100) and milli (1/1000). Abbreviations of the multiples begin
with a capital letter, and of the divisions with a small.
MEASURES OF LENGTH
10 millimeters (mm.) = 1 centimeter cm.
10 centimeters = 1 decimeter dm.
10 decimeters = 1 meter m.
10 meters = 1 dekameter Dm.
10 dekameters = 1 hektometer Hm.
10 hektometers = 1 kilometer Km.
MEASURES OF SURFACE (NOT LAND)
100 square millimeters (mm.2) = I square centimeter cm.2
100 square centimeters = 1 square decimeter dm.2
100 square decimeters = 1 square meter m.2
MEASURES OF VOLUME
1000 cubic millimeters (mm.3) = 1 cubic centimeter cm.3
1000 cubic centimeters = 1 cubic decimeter dm.3
1000 cubic decimeters = 1 cubic meter m.3
USEFUL TABLES 297
MEASURES OF CAPACITY
10 mililiters (ml.) = 1 centiliter cl.
10 centiliters = 1 deciliter dl.
10 deciliters = 1 liter 1.
10 liters = 1 dekaliter Dl.
10 dekaliters = 1 hekoliter HI.
lOhekoliters = 1 kiloliter Kl.
NOTE. — The liter is equal to the volume occupied by 1 cubic deci-
meter.
MEASURES OF WEIGHT
10 milligrams (mg ) =1 centigram eg.
10 centigrams = 1 decigram . dg.
10 decigrams = 1 gram g.
10 grams = 1 dekagram Dg.
10 dekagrams = 1 hektogram Hg.
10 hektograms = 1 kilogram Kg.
1000 kilograms = 1 ton T.
NOTE. — The gram is the weight of one cubic centimeter of pure
distilled water at a temperature of 39.2° F., the kilogram is the
weight of 1 liter of water, the ton is the weight of 1 cubic meter of
water.
EQUIVALENT VALUES OF METRIC AND UNITED STATES (GREAT
BRITAIN) MEASURES
MEASURES OF LENGTH
(39.37 inches
1 meter = -{3.28083 feet
[1.0936 yards
I centimeter = .3937 inch
.„. /. 03937 inch, or
1 millimeter ^= |1/2g inch n'early
1 kilometer = 0.62137 mile
1 foot = .3048 meter
., . , J2.54 centimeters
1 inch - millimeters
MEASURES OF SURFACE
/10.764 square feet
1 square meter = |x 1% gquare yardg
1 square centimeter = .155 square inch
298 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
1 square millimeter = .00155 square inch
1 square yard = .836 square meter
1 square foot = .0929 square meter
1 smiarp inoh - J6-452 aq. centimeters
1 square ten - ^^ gq millimeters
MEASURES OF VOLUME AND CAPACITY
f35.314 cubic feet
1 cubic meter = j 1.308 cubic yards
(264.2 gallons (231 cubic inch)
1 cubic decimeter =
1 cubic centimeter = .061 cubic inch
1 cubic decimeter
61.023 cubic inches
.0353 cubic foot
1 liter =
1.0567 quarts (U. S.)
.2642 gallon (U. S.)
2.202 Ibs. of water at 62° F.
1 cubic yard = .7645 cubic meter
[. 02832 cubic meter
1 cubic foot = <{ 28.317 cubic decimeters
[28.317 liters
1 cubic inch = 16.393 cubic centimeters
1 gallon (British) = 4.543 liters
1 gallon (U. S.) = 3.785 liters
MEASURES OF WEIGHT
1 gram = 15.432 grains
1 kilogram = 2.2046 pounds
f.9842 ton of 2240 Ibs.
1 metric ton = 4 19.68 cwts.
[2204.6 Ibs.
1 grain = .0648 gram
1 ounce avoirdupois = 28.35 grams
1 pound = .4536 kilogram
MISCELLANEOUS
1 kilogram per meter = .6720 pounds per foot
1 gram per square millimeter = 1.422 pounds per square inch
1 kilogram per square meter = 0.2084 pounds per square foot
1 kilogram per cubic meter = .0624 pounds per cubic foot
USEFUL TABLES
299
1 degree centigrade = 1.8 degrees Fahrenheit
1 pound per foot = 1.488 kilograms per meter
1 pound per square foot = 4.882 kilograms per square meter
1 pound per cubic foot = 16.02 kilograms per cubic meter
1 degree Fahrenheit = .5556 degrees centigrade
1 Calorie (French Thermal Unit) = 3.968 B. T. U. (British Thermal
Unit)
1 Horse Power
/33,000 foot pounds per minute
1746 Watts
1 Watt (Unit of E,ectncal Power) =
minute
flOOO Watts
1 Kilowatt = jl.34 Horse Power
[44220 foot pounds per minute
CONVERSION TABLE OF INCHES AND FEET TO MILLIMETERS, CENTI-
METERS AND METERS
Inches
Feet
Milli-
meters
Centi-
meters
Me-
ters
Inches
Feet
Milli-
meters
Centi-
meters
Me-
ters
15/i6
23 8
2 38
.023
14
355.6
35.56
.355
!S/f6
IT/.
25.4
30.1
36 5
2.54
3.01
3 65
.025
.030
036
16
18
20
'iy*
406.4
457.2
508 0
40.64
45.72
50 80
.406
.457
508
&
13*
38.1
42.9
49.2
3.81
4.29
4.92
.038
.042
.049
22
24
26
'2'"
558.8
609.6
660.4
55.88
60.96
66.04
.558
.609
.660
2
2 3/6
50.8
55 5
5.08
5.55
.050
.055
28
30
21A
711.2
762.0
71.12
76.20
.711
.762
Vl
61.9
6.19
.061
32
812.8
81.28
.812
VA
2UA
63.5
68 3
6.35
6.83
.063
.068
34
36
'3' "
863.6
914.4
86.36
91.44
.863
.914
X
74.6
7.46
.074
38
965.2
96.52
.965
3
S'/fi
37/f6
V/l
3'Vji
|15/iii
4s/f6
47xfo
•••••'
76.2
80.9
87.3
88.9
93.7
100.0
101.6
104.7
111.3
7.62
8.09
8.73
8.89
9.37
10.00
10.16
10,. 47
11.13
.076
.080
.087
.089
.093
.100
.101
.104
.111
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
'3{A
'4' "
"^A
1016.0
1066 . 8
1117.6
1168.4
1219.2
1270.0
1320.8
1371.6
1422.4
101.60
106 . 68
111.76
116.84
121.92
127.00
132.08
137.16
142.24
.016
.066
.117
.168
.219
.270
.320
.371
.422
VA
4»/f6
415^6
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
"x"
"i"
114.3
117.5
123.8
127.0
152.4
177.8
203.2
228.6
254.0
279.4
304.8
11.43
11.75
12.38
12.70
15.24
17.78
20.32
22.86
25.40
27.94
30.48
.114
.117
.123
.127
.152
.177
.203
.228
.254
.279
.304
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
"5"
"VA
'&"
7
8
9
10
1473.2
1524.0
1574.8
1625.6
1676.4
1727 . 2
1778 . 0
1828.8
2133.6
2438.4
2743 . 2
3048.0
147.32
152.40
157.48
162.56
167.64
172.72
177.80
182 . 88
213.36
243.84
274.32
304.80
.473
.524
.574
.625
.676
.727
.778
1.828
2.133
2.438
2.743
3.048
300 HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS OF AN INCH
AND
MILLIMETER-INCH CONVERSION TABLE
Fract.
Dec.
MM.
Tract.
Dec.
, MM.
MM
Dec. Inch
MM.
Dec. Inch
tt
.015625
.397
=%
.515625
13.1
1
.039370
51
2.007892
&
.03125
.79
%
.53125
13.49
2
.078740
52
2.047262
3
.118110
53
2.086632
%
.046875
1.19
s%
.546875
13.89
4
. 157480
54
2.126002
**
.0625
1.59
%,
.5625
14.29
5
.196850
55
2.165372
6
.236220
56
2.204742
%
.078125
*1.98
8%
.578125
14.68
7
.275509
57
2.244112
%
.09375
2.38
%
.59375
15.08
8
.314960
58
2.283482
9
.354330
59
2.322852
%
. 109375
2.77
%
. 609375
15.48
10
.393704
60
2.362226
M
.125
3.17
H
.625
15.87
11
.433074
61
2.401596
12
.472444
62
2.440966
*«
. 140625
. 15625
3.57
3.97
X
.640625
.65625
16.27
16.7
13
14
.511814
.551184
63
64
2.480336
2.519706
15
.590554
65
2.559076
'to
.171875
4.37
%
.671875
17.06
16
.629924
66
2.598446
17
.669294
67
2.637816
%
.1875
4.76
%
.6875
17.46
18
.708664
68
2.677186
%
.203125
5.16
4%
.703125
17.86
19
.748034
69
2.716556
%
.21875
5.56
%
.71875
18.26
20
.787409
70
2.755930
21
.826779
71
2.795300
%
.234375
5.95
4%
.734375
18.65
22
.866149
72
2.834670
M
.25
6.35
K
.75
19.05
23
.905519
73
2.874040
24
.944889
74
2.913410
%
.265625
6.75
4%
.765625
19.45
25
.984259
75
2.952780
26
1.023629
76
2.992150
%
.28125
7.14
%
.78125
19.84
27
1.062999
77
3.031520
%
.296875
7.54
%
.796875
20.24
28
1 . 102369
78
3.078090
29
1.141739
79
3.110260
fc
.3125
7.94
%
.8125
20.64
30
1.181113
80
3.149635
31
1.220483
81
3.189005
%
.328125
8.33
%
.828125
21.03
32
1.259853
82
3.228375
*X
.34375
8.73
%
.84375
21.43
33
1.299223
83
3.267745
34
1.338593
84
3.307115
%
.359375
9.13
•Jfi
.859375
21.83
35
1.377963
85
3.306485
M
.375
9.52
H
.875
22.22
36
1.417333
86
3.385855
37
1.456703
87
3.425225
%
.390625
9.92
%
.890625
22.62
38
1.496073
88
3.464595
39
1.535443
89
3.503965
*«
.40625
10.32
%
.90625
23.02
40
1.574817
90
'3.543339
=%
.421875
10.72
%
.921875
23.41
41
1.614187
91
3.582709
42
1.653557
92
3.622079
%
.4375
11.11
%
.9375
23.81
43
1.692927
93
3.661449
44
1.732297
94
3.700819
»%
.453125
11.51
•to .
.953125
24.21
45
1.771667
95
3.740189
%
.46875
11.91
%
.96875
24.61
46
1.811037
96
3.779559
47
1.850407
97
3.818929
%
.484375
12.30
6%
.984375
25
48
1.889777
98
3.858299
M
.5
12.7
i
25.4001
49
1.929147
99
3.897669
50
1.968522
100
3.937043
USEFUL TABLES 301
INCHES AND FRACTIONS IN DECIMALS OP A FOOT
.0052
.0104
.0156
.0208
.0260
.0312
.0364
.0417
.0468
.0521
.0573
.0625
.0677
.0729
.0781
.0833
.0885
.0937
.0990
.1042
.1093
.1146
.1198
.1250
.1302
.1354
.1406
.1458
.1510
.1562
.1615
.1667
.1718
.1771
.1823
.1875
.1927
.1979
.2031
.2083
.2135
.2187
.2240
.2292
.2343
.2395
.2448
.2500
Inches
and
fractions
3
3{£
3M
4
4%
4%
4
5
Decimals
of a
foot
.2552
.2604
.2656
.2708
.2760
.2812
.2865
.2917
.2968
.3021
.3073
.3125
.3177
.3229
.3281
.3333
.3385
.3437
.3490
.3542
.3593
.3646
.3698
.3750
.3802
.3854
.3906
.3958
.4010
.4062
.4114
.4167
.4218
.4271
.4323
.4375
.4427
.4479
.4531
.4583
.4635
.4687
.4740
.4792
.4843
.4896
.4948
.5000
Inches
and
fractions
9
6%
7
7%
7%
S1^
9
Decimals
of a
foot
.5052
.5104
.5156
.5208
.5260
.5312
.5364
.5417
.5468
.5521
.5573
.5625
.5677
.5729
.5781
.5833
.5885
.5937
.5990
.6042
.6093
.6146
.6198
.6250
.6302
.6354
.6406
.6458
.6510
.6562
.6615
.6667
.6718
.6771
.6823
.6875
.6927
.6979
.7031
.7083
.7135
.7187
.7240
.7292
.7343
.7396
.7448
.7500
11%
11%
11%
12
Decimals
of a
foot
.7552
.7604
. 76562
.77080
.77600
.78125
.7865
.7917
.7968
.8021
.8073
.8125
.8177
.8229
.8281
.8333
.8385
.8437
.8490
.8542
.8593
.8646
.8698
.8750
.8802
.8854
.8906
.8958
.9010
.9062
.9115
.9167
.9218
.9271
.9323
.9375
.9427
.9479
.9531
.9583
.9635
.9687
.9740
.9792
.9843
.9896
.9948
1.0000
302
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
02
a
n
1-1
•1.1
.2.S.2-3
"
IIII
»-H IM CO N
(NO OO
22° ,A° §£_;
^ 2 a**
>C|LO|OOOOO«2O -I I |iOI I IOQO
i-iOt^OOOOOOiOOOCOCC>COOI^C<)iOOOiOt^'*
CO 1-1 l-H i-l M r-( rt (N O >O 1O
:::::: a : :~\c : :
jjj I i|| 11 i | i
OT (-< ~ *-»c3^^H »*• — !>,- — i
j3'g £ • M M a afl c c c rtH
* ^ja : c g § o3£'^ 8 Sb S «.£ « w- g-1 g
I I |l-s S S aaHHS c c a* ° ^ i"«'^'-^
c a c w ^ « a? £ v £ <S » 2 S S b *"•«•£ g|
'~"3 o
USEFUL TABLES
303
t^ t>. b-
!§§lI1
«»M
,SB1
SSSSSSSSSS
'T'l'll
:::::::::
: :
:::::::::
i •
8 :
; ; i i j| i ; •
o :
.S-rf : j
S. SEASONED
% moisture
DUS MATERIALS
Petroleum, gasol
Cement, Portlan
Coal, anthracite
Coal, bituminous
CQ ^O
g rH
»»*»»»»
1
<N
ci ^> »o o
as
H
• -CD 00 »-l O • • •
1 I CO Tt< 10 -tf 10 1 1 1
'NiN CD«D*Q
CDCC ...
M
f
i '. i : ; i '. '. '. '.
'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.
oo
::::::::::
I
::::::::::
O
'
III
304
HANDBOOK OF STANDARD DETAILS
EQUIVALENT VALUES OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND HEAT
UNITS
Unit
1 Ft. Ib.
1H. P.
1 Kilowatt
1 Joule
1 Ib. of water
evap. from and
at 212 degs. F.
1 B. T. U.
Equivalent value in other units
1.3558 joules
.0000003766 K.^W. hour
.0012861 B. T. U.
745.7 watts
.7457 K. W.
33,000 ft. Ibs. per min.
42.44 B. T. U. per min.
2.62 Ibs. water evap. per hour from and at 212
degs. F.
1,000 watts
1.3410 horse power
44,253 ft. Ibs. per min.
56.92 B. T. U. per min.
3.52 Ibs. water evap. per hour from and at
212 degs. F.
1 watt second
.000000278 K. W. hour
.0009486 B. T. U.
.73756 ft. Ib.
.2841 K. W. hour
.3811 H. P. hour
970.4 B. T. U.
1,023,000 joules
754,525 ft. Ibs.
1,054.2 watt seconds
777.54 ft. Ibs.
.0002928 K. W. hour
.0003927 H. P. hour
INDEX
Abbreviations, 1, 66, 277
Acme threads, 64
Addendum (gear teeth), 141, 145, 146
American system of rope transmission,
129
wire gauge, 284
Anchor chain, 222, 223
shackle, 214, 215
swivel, 222
Angle, angles:
couplings, 254-257
equal leg, structural, 278-279
laying off, 23
punching of, 288
unequal leg, structural, 283
valves, 183, 187
Annealing chain, 221
steel, 226
Apothecaries' weight, 294
Area, metric measures of, 296
U. S. measures of, 295
Avoirdupois weight, 294
Balata belts, 120
Bar steel, weight of, 285
Beam, beams:
connections, 292, 293
gauges for punching, 286
I, 280, 281
Bearings, 106-109
Belt, belting:
balata, 120
canvas, 120
drives, 124-127
length of, 124
h. p. transmitted by, 120, 121, 124
leather, 119, 121, 124
ply, 119
pull, 116
rubber, 119
widths of, 119, 120
Bends, pipe. 170, 171
Bevel gears, 150-153
Birmingham wire and sheet gauges, 284
Block chain, Io2
Boiler patch bolts, 34
stay bolts, 34
tubes, 167, 168
Bolt, bolts, 25-35
ends of, 28, 265
heads for T slots, 89
measurement of, 25
strength of, 59
U. S. threads for, 59
Board measure, 296
Box wrench, 239
Brads, 78, 79
Brass, composition of, 263
tubes, 176
Bridle slings, 218-220
Briggs pipe thread, 71, 72
British Association thread, 62
fine threads, 61, 62
thermal unit, 304
Brown and Sharpe screw gauge, 43
sheet and wire gauge, 284
Bushings, finished ends of, 266
Butt welded pipe, 162
Buttress threads, 64
Buttstrap, riveting of, 276
Canvas belts, 120
Cap screws, 46, 47
Capillary oilers, 107
Capstan wheel, 235
Carriage bolts, 33
Case hardening steel, 226
Casing nails, 78, 80
Cast iron, properties of, 263
flanged fittings, 179-181
flanges, 172
gears, 144, 147, 149
pulleys, 112-115
screw fittings, 177, 178
sheaves, 127-130
washers, 248
305
306
INDEX
Cast steel, 226, 263
Castellated nuts, 29, 38
Castings, shrinkage of, 12
weight of, 12
Cement coated nails, 77
Centimeters to inches, 299
Chain, chains:
anchor, 222, 223
block, 132
crane, 222
drives, 105
for transmitting power, 132-138
hoisting, 221-226
length of, 138
roller, 133, 134
shackle, 214, 215
silent link, 135-137
slings, 224
sprocket wheels, 135-137, i39, 140
swivels, 216
Channels, sizes of, 277, 278
punching of, 286
Check nuts, 36
valves, 182-187
Chords, lengths of, 24
Chuck screws, squares for, 267
Circle, divisions of, 24
Circular measure. 295
pitch (gears), 141, 145
Clearance for cover plate riveting, 289
web riveting, 289
gear teeth, 141
Clevis nuts, 209
Clinch nails, 78, 80
rings, 249
Clutches, jaw, 103, 104
split friction, 99-101
solid, 101, 102
Coach screws, 51
Coarse threads, 68
Cocks, 192
Cold drawn steel tubes, 168, 169
Collar screws, 53
shaft, 105
Companion flanges, 172-174
Composition, 263
Compression couplings, 95-97
Copper expansion joints, 193
tubes. 176
Cottered joints, 88
Cotters, spring, 90
Couplings, angle, 254-257
hose, 76
pipe, 166
shaft, 91, 94-98
Crane chain, 222
hook, 213
Cranks, 230, 231
Crest of thread, 59
Cross section hatchings, 3
valve, 183
Crossed belts, 124, 125
Crown of pulley, 110, 113-115
Cubic measure, metric, 296, 298
U. S., 296
Cushioned check valve, 182
Cut nails, 77
Cycloid, construction of, 19
Decimal equivalents of screw gauge, 43
of an inch, 300
Decimals of a foot, inches in, 301
Deck bolts, 30
Dedendum (gear teeth), 141
Diametral pitch, 141
equivalent circular pitch, 146
Double angle coupling, 257
belt pulleys, 112
belts, 124
extra strong pipe, 165
Drawings, notes on, 1
patent office, 9
Drill, drills:
for machine screws, 53
shanks, 245, 246
tap, 60, 77
Drilled holes, 286
Drilling flanges, 172, 173
Drive fit, 6
screws, 48
Drop flange pulley, 112, 113
Drum scores for chain, 224, 225
rope, 225
Dry measure, 295
Electrical units, 304
Ellipse, construction of, 18
Ends of bolts, 28, 265
English system rope transmission, 130
Epicycloid, construction of, 20
Equalizing thimble, 218
INDEX
307
Expansion bends, 170, 171
joints, 193-199
Extra heavy flanged fittings, 181
flanges, 174, 175
screwed fittings, 177
Extra strong wrought iron pipe, 164
Eye bolts, 211
nuts, 41
Face spanner, 240
Fastenings, 25-90
Feet to centimeters, 299
Field rivets, 275
Fine threads, 61, 70
Finish, abbreviation of, 1
of wrenches, 238
Finished ends of bolts, 265
bushings, 266
collars, 266
gears, 266
shafts, 265
Fits, screw threads, 59, 71
shaft, 4, 5, 6, 7
Fittings, pipe:
screw, 177, 178
flange, 179-181
Flange couplings, 94
Flanged fittings, 179-181
Flanges, pipe, 172-176
Flexible couplings, 98
Flooring brads, 79
Franklin Institute bolts and nuts, 27
Friction clutches, 99-103
Gate valves, 189-191
Gauge, gauges:
for punching, 286-288
screw, 43
sheet metal, 284
wire, 284
Gear, gears:
bevel, 150-153
finish of, 266
forms for ordering, 148-150
helical, 161
herringbone. 161
horse power of, 147
materials for, 149
mitre, 150-154
spur, 141-150
Gear, gears:
tooth construction, 142
worm, 156-159
Geometrical constructions, 12-23
Gib head keys, 85
Gibs and keys, 88
Globe valve, 183, 184
Grease cups, 107
Grommets, 217, 219
Grooves for chfvin, 224, 225
rope, 129, 130, 225
Half round keyways, 88
turn belts, 126
Hand wheels, 232—235
Half round keyways, 88
turn belts, 126
Hand wheels, 232-235
Handles, 227-231
Hanger screws, 47
Hangers, shaft, 91, 109
Hardening steel, 226
Hatchings for sections, 3
Heads, bolt, 26-29, 89
nail, 78
rivet, 269-274
screw, 42, 44, 46, 47
spike, 81-83
Heat unit, B. t. u., 304
Helical gears, 160
Helix angle of thread, 59
Herringbone gears, 161
Hexagon bolts, 26, 27
construction of, 14, 15
nuts, 26, 27, 36, 38
sleeve nuts, 203
Hoisting chains, 221, 222
Hook, hooks:
bridle sling, 217, 218
crane, 213
hoist, 212, 226
Horse power:
B. t. u. equivalent of, 304
of belts, 120, 121, 124
of chains, 132, 134, 136
of gears, 147
of shafting, 93
transmitted by steel pulleys, 122, 123
Hose couplings, 75
Hyperbola, construction of, 23
Hypocycloid, construction of, 21
308
INDEX
I beams, sizes of, 280, 281
gauges for punching, 286
Imperial wire gauge, 284
Inch, inches:
in decimals of a foot, 301
millimeter conversion table, 299,
300
Involute:
construction of, 22
teeth, 142
Jaw clutch, 103, 104
Joint, length of thread for, 177
Keys:
gib head, 85
half round, 88
rectangular, 84
square, 83, 88
tapered, 85, 86
Woodruff, 86, 87
Key ways, keyseats, 84, 85, 88, 110,
111
Kilowatt, 304
Knobs, 236
Knuckle joints, 258
Knurled sets, 237
Lag screws, 51
Lap joint, 276
welded pipe, 162
welded tubes, 167, 168
Lead of screw, 58
Leather Belt. See Belt
Limit standards, 3
Linear measure, metric, 296, 297
U. 8., 294, 295
Lines in drawings, 2
Liquid measure, metric, 297, 298
U. S., 295
Lock nuts, 36, 37
Loose pulley, 112
Low pressure flanged fittings, 179, 180
flanges, 172
screwed fittings, 178
Lubricating devices, 107
Machine handles, 227-231
screws, 52, 53
screws, drills for, 53
Malleable iron, 263
Manila rope, 129
Materials:
for bolts, 25
for gears, 149
properties of, 263
strength of, 302
weights of, 303
Measurement of bolts, screws and riv-
ets, 25
Mechanical units, 304
Metric conversion tables, 297-300
measures and weights, 296, 297
screw threads, 63
Millimeter-inch conversion table, 299,
300
Milling cutters, keys for, 88
Minimum rivet spacing, 289
Mitre gear, 150, 154
Moment of inertia, 277 i
Mule stands, 117, 118
Nails:
brads, 79
casing, 80
cement coated, 77
clinch, 80
common, 79
heads and points, 78
penny, 77
roofing, 80
National screw thread commission, 58,
66, 74-76
Nipples, pipe, 75, 166, 167
Nuts:
castellated, 29, 38
eye, 41
hexagon, 26, 27, 36
lock, 36
planer, 35
slotted round, 42
square, 26, 27
threads for, 59
wing, 39, 40
Octagon, construction of, 16
Odontograph for gear teeth, 142, 143,
144
O. G. Washers, 248
Oil cups, 107
INDEX
309
Oilers, capillary, 107
Oiling rings, 107, 108
Open belts, 124, 125
wrench, 238
Ordering gears, 148-150
pipe, 162
pulleys, 110
rivets, 273, 274
shapes, 283
tubes, 176
worm gears, 157
Outside flange pulley, 112
Parabola, construction of, 22
Patent office drawings, 9
Patterns, weight of, 12
Penny nails, 77
Pillow blocks, 106, 108
Pinion, 148-150
Pins, split, 90
taper, 264, 265
Pipe bends, 170, 171
couplings, 166
double extra strong, 165
extra strong, 164
fittings, 177-181
flanges, 172-176
ordering, 162
nipples, 75, 166, 167
standard, 163
threads, 71-76
turnbuckles, 200, 202
Pitch, circular (gears), 141, 145, 146
diameter (threads), 58
diametral (gears), 141, 145, 146
of chain, 221
of rivets, 276
of threads, 58
Planer head bolts, 35
nuts, 35
Plates, steel, weights of, 285
Plug gauges, 9
Ply, belting, 121, 122
Points, nail, 78
rivet, 269
screw, 42
Polygon, construction of, 17
lengths of sides, 24
Power transmission, 91-161
by belt, 124-127
by chain, 105, 132-140
Power transmission — Continued
by gears, 141-161
by rope, 127-131
Press fit, 7
Pull, belt, 116
chain, 132, 134, 136
Pulley, pulleys:
cast iron, 112-115, 128, 131
keys, 83-88
steel, 116, 122, 123
wood, 116
Punched holes, 286
Punching, gauges for, 286-288
Quarter turn belts, 126
Quill drives, 91, 92
Rack, construction of, 143
finish of, 266
form for ordering, 150
Radian, 295
Radius of gyration, 277
Railroad spikes, 82
Rings, chain, 226
clinch, 249
Rivet, rivets:
heads, 269-274
holes, 286
joints, 276
measurement of, 25
points, 269
proportions, 268-274
signs, 275
spacing, 288-291
tests, 271, 275
Rods, circular, 54, 55
ends of, for yokes, 261
square, 56, 57
upset screw ends of, 54-57
Roller chain, 133, 134
Roofing nails, 78, 80
Rope, drives, 127-131
drums, 225
Manila, 129
sheaves, 127, 128
slings, 217-221
sockets, 205-208
thimbles, 204, 210
Rough turning, 5
Rubber belts, 119
Running fit, 4, 7, 8
310
INDEX
Safety set screws, 49
Screw, screws:
cap, 46
coach, 51
collar, 53
ends of bolts, 28, 265
round bars, 54, 55
square bars, 56, 57
fittings (pipe), 177, 178
gauge, 43
hanger, 47
heads, 42, 44, 46, 47
lag, 51
machine, 52, 53
measurement of, 25
points, 42
set, 49, 85, 110-112
thread, National Commission, 58, 64,
74-76
threads, 58-71
thumb, 50
wood, 43-45, 48
Seamless brass tubes, 176
copper tubes, 176
steel tubes, 168, 169
Section modulus, 277
Set screws, dimensions of, 49
position of, 85, 110-112
Shackle bridle sling, 219
for chain and anchor, 214, 215
swivel, 216, 217
Shaft, shafts, shafting:
bearings for, 106-109
clutches, 91, 99-104
collars, 105
couplings, 94-98
dimensions of, 91
finished ends of, 265
hangers, 91, 109
horse power, 93
key seats in, 83, 84
materials of, 91
Shearing stresses, 276, 302
Sheaves, grooves in, 129, 130
wire rope, 127, 128
Sheet metal gauges, 284
Shifting belts, 113
Ship rivets, 271, 272
Shipping weight, 294
Shop rivets, 275
Shot of chain, 222
Shrink fit, 7
Shrinkage of castings, 12
Shrouded gears, 141
Silent linkjehain, 135-137
Single belt, 119, 121 »
pulley, 112
Sister hooks, 210
Sleeve nuts, 203
Sliding fit, 6
Slings, chain, 224
rope, 217-221
Slotted nuts, 37, 42
Society of Automotive Engineers':
bolts and nuts, 29
rod ends, 261
threads, 29, 65
yoke ends, 259, 260
Socket, rope, 205-208
set screws, 49
wrench, 240, 241
Solid friction clutch, 101-103
Spanner wrench, 239, 240
Specific gravities of materials, 303
Spikes, railroad, 81, 82
round, 82, 83
square, 81, 82
Spiral gears, 161
jaw clutch, 104
Split friction clutches, 99-101
pins, 90
Spring, springs:
compression, 250
cotters, 90
ends, 250
extension, 250
formulae, 251
keys, 90
table, 252, 253
Sprocket teeth, 134, 139 '
wheels. 139, 140
Spur gears, 141-150
circular pitch of, 141, 145
construction of, 142-144
diametral pitch of, 141, 146
forms for ordering, 148-150
h. p. of, 147
tooth forms, 142, 144
working loads, 147
Square ends for chuck screws, 267
headed bolts, 26, 27
I keys, 88
INDEX
311
Square nuts, 26, 27
rods, 56, 57
threads, 63
washers, 247
Stagger of rivets, 290, 291
Standard pressure flanged fittings, 179
flanges, 172
screw fittings, 178
Star wheel, 234
Stay bolts, 34
Steel bars, flat, 285
round, 54, 55
square, 56, 57
bolts, strength of, 59
cast, 263
pipe, 162
plates, 285
pulleys, 116, 122, 123
rivets, 268-275
shafts, 91
strength of, 271, 275, 279, 302
structural shapes, 277-283
treatment of, 226
tubes, 168, 169
Stop valve, 183
Stove bolts, 33
Strength of materials, 302, see also ma-
terial in question
Structural details, 286-293
rivets, 268-271
shapes, 277-283
Stub teeth, 144
Stub's steel wire gauge, 284
Stud bolts, 28, 32
link chain, 222, 223
Stuffing boxes, 242-244
Swinging check valve, 185, 186
Swivel, 222
shackles, 216
Tempering steel, 226
Tap bolts, 28, 35
drills, 59, 60, 77
rivets, 34
Tapered drill shanks, '245, 246
keys, 85, 86
pins, 264, 265
Tees, pipe fittings, 178-181
shapes, punching of, 287
Templates for drilling flanges, 173
Tensile strength, see material in ques-
tion
Thimbles, 204, 210
equalizing, 218
Thread, threads:
Acme, 64
angle, 59
Briggs pipe, 71, 72
British Association, 62
British fine, 61, 62
buttress, 64
fits of, 71
forms of, 59-70
French (metric), 63
lead, 58
length of pipe, 177
National, Commission, 58, 66, 74-76
pipe, 71-76
pitch, 58
Soc. Aut. Eng'rs, 65
square, 63
U. S. Standard, 59, 60
V,60
Whitworth, 61, 73, 74
Throttle valves, 188
Thumb nuts, 39, 40
screws, 50
Timber, 303
Time measure, 295
Tinners rivets, 274
Tool straps, 262, 263
Tooth forms, gear, 142
strength of, 147
thickness of, 145, 146
Track bolts, 31
Troy weight, 294
Truss head rivets, 272
T slots, 89
Tubes, boiler, 167
brass, 176
copper, 176
steel, 168, 169
Turnbuckles, 200-203
Universal joints, 254-257
U. S. bolts, 26
measures, 297
nuts, 26
sheet metal gauge, 284
threads, 59, 60
wire gauge, 284
312
INDEX
Units, electrical, 304
heat, 304
mechanical, 304
Valve, valves:
check, 182, 185-187
gate, 189, 190
stop, 183
throttle, 188
V threads, 60
Wagon box head rivets, 273
Washers, circular, 247, 248
O. G., 248
square, 247
Weight, weights (see material in ques-
tion):
and measures, metric, 297
U. S., 294
of common substances, 303
Wheels, sprocket, 135-137, 139, 140
Whitworth threads, bolt, 61
pipe, 73
Widths of belts, 119-121
Wing nuts, 39, 40
Wire gauges, 284
nails, 77
rope sheaves, 127, 128, 131
slings, 217-221
sockets, 205-208
thimbles, 204, 210
Wood, woods:
properties of, 303
pulleys, 116
screws, 43-45
Woodruff keys, 86, 87
Working loads of gears, 147
Worm gearing, 156-159
Wrenches, box, 239
open, 238
socket offset handle, 240
T handle, 241
spanner, 239
squares for. 267
Wringing fit, 4
Wrought iron, 263
pipe, 163-165
Yoke ends for tods, 259, 260
Zees, properties of, 282
punching of, 287
(1)
ITY OF CALIFORNIA
3&>^ r^lF-^\r\ "^Jt'8&^
>zzzz.-<
LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFOf
ITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFO
a s c
ilTY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFO
NIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRA
F (
NIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF !
NIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF I
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11